samson - eks-m · 2014-11-02 · samson samson samson ag · mess- und regeltechnik ·...
TRANSCRIPT
SAMSONSAMSON
SAMSON AG · MESS- UND REGELTECHNIK · Weismüllerstraße 3 · 60314 Frankfurt am Main · GermanyPhone: +49 69 4009-0 · Fax: +49 69 4009-1507 · E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: http://www.samson.de
Rotary Valvesfor Industrial Processes
2004
-03
WS
· K 1
4 EN
Rota
ry V
alve
s fo
r In
dust
rial P
roce
sses
������������ �����������������������
������������ ������
������������ �� ������ !���"��������#�$��������������������� �������������������������������������°�
�����%�&�
���������'�� �� ������ !���"��������#�$��������������������� �������������������������������������°�
������%���
���������(�� �� )�������� ��%���
������������ ��%�*�
�+�,��������!�� ��%�*�
�#���������� ��%�*�
�������������-����� ��������-�����������������$����� ����$��� � �'�
��������#�������� ��$�� &*&�
�#..����/ ��$�� &�0�
1
Contents
Rotary Valves
For process engineering and industrial plants
Nominal size DN 15 to DN 2000 ⋅ 1⁄2” to 80”Nominal pressure PN 6 to PN 400 ⋅ Class 125 to 2500 Temperatures Up to 1000 °C ⋅ 1830 °F
Information Sheet 5
Butterfly Valves
Pneumatic Control Butterfly Valve Type 3331/BR 31a 9
Pneumatic Control and Shut-off Butterfly Valves Pfeiffer Type BR 14b/31a and Type BR 14c/31a 19
Pneumatic Shut-off Butterfly ValveType 3335/BR 31a 27
Lined Control and Shut-off Butterfly ValvePfeiffer Type BR 10a 33
Pneumatic Control Butterfly ValvesType 3237-1 and Type 3237-7 39
Pneumatic Control and Shut-off Butterfly ValveType LTR 43 45
Segmented Ball Valve
Pneumatic Segmented Ball Valve Type 3310/BR 31a and Type 3310/3278 53
Ball Valves
Stainless Steel Ball Valve Pfeiffer Type BR 26 61
Three-way Ball Valves Horizontal version Pfeiffer Type BR 26l and Type BR 26t 65
Vertical versionPfeiffer Type BR 26v 69
PTFE-lined Ball Valve Pfeiffer Type BR 20a 73
PFA-lined Ball Valve Pfeiffer Type BR 20b 77
Tank Bottom Valves
Stainless Steel Tank Bottom ValvePfeiffer Type BR 22a 81
PTFE-lined Tank Bottom ValvePfeiffer Type BR 21a 83
Rotary Plug Valves
Maxifluss Rotary Plug ValvesVETEC Type 72.3/AT and Type 72.4/AT 87
Maxifluss Rotary Plug ValvesVETEC Type 72.3/R and Type 72.4/R 95
Maxifluss Rotary Plug ValvesVETEC Type 73.3/R and Type 73.7/R 107
Maxifluss Rotary Plug ValvesVETEC Type 73.3/M and Type 73.7/M 117
Maxifluss Rotary Plug Valveswith Low-noise Trims SM 1.x ... 4.x 127
Rotary Actuators
Single-acting Piston Actuator Pfeiffer Type SRP and double-acting Piston Actuator Pfeiffer Type DAPPiston Actuator Pfeiffer Type BR 31a 131
Pneumatic Rotary ActuatorType 3278 139
Pneumatic Rotary Actuator Pfeiffer Type BR 30a 143
Appendix
SAMSON Product Range 147Subsidiaries, Agencies and Service Facilities Worldwide 149
3
Control Valves for Industrial Processes
Rotary Valves
Nominal size: DN 15 to DN 2000 ½” to 80”Nominal pressure PN 6 to PN 400 ANSI Class 125 to 2500Temperatures: Up to 1000 °C Up to 1830 °F
Information Sheet T 8200 EN 2004-02 5
Control Valves for Industrial Processes • Rotary Valves • Summary of types
Rotary valveDesign Butterfly valves Segmented ball
valve
Type 3331 BR 14b 3335/BR 10e BR 10a 3237 LTR 43 3310
Closuremember/shaftdesign
Centric • • • •
Double eccentric • •
Triple eccentric •
Closurememeber
Metal sealing • • • • •
Soft sealing • • • • •
Leakage class acc. to DIN EN 1349,%/KVS 90 or DIN EN 12 266-1 1) ≤ 0.5...1 % V A 1) VI 0.05…
≤ 0.5 % A 1) IV/VI
Criteria for selection +++ Excellent ++ Good + Satisfactory − Not suitable
On/off service − +++ +++ ++ − +++ +++
Throttling service ++ + − + + ++ ++
Leakage rate − +++ +++ +++ − +++ +++
∆p when valve is closed + ++ + + + +++ ++
Temperatures> 220 °C (428 °F) ++ + − − ++ +++ ++
< −10 °C (14 °F) + +++ − − + +++ +
Fire-safe − + 2) − − − +++ −
TA-Luft (German clean air act) − +++ − +++ + ++ −
Cavitation − − − − − + −
Noise performance + − − − − ++ −
Suitable forfibrous media + + + − + + ++
media contain. suspended particles − ++ + + − ++ −
Standard versionDIN • • • • • • (•)
ANSI • • • • • •
Nominal sizesDN 100…400 80…400 50…300 100…800 500…1000 80…2000 (25...300)
in 4”…16” 3”…16” 2”…12” 20”…40” 3”…80” 1”…10”
Nominal pressurePN 10…40 10…40 10/16 10 6…16 10…400 (10...40)
Class 150/300 150/300 150 150…2500 150/300
Permissible temperatures and differential pressures See associated data sheet
Bodymaterial
Cast iron, EN-JL1040 •
Sph. graphite iron, EN-JS1049 • •
Cast steel, WN 1.0619 • • •
Stainless cast steel, WN 1.4581 • •
X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, WN 1.4571
Others 1.4408 1.4408
ASTM A 216 WCC, carbon steel • • •
A 351 CF8M, st. carbon steel • • • •
Special material, e.g. Ni, Ti • •
Option
Insulating section • • • • •
RecommendedactuatorType
BR 31a/AT • • • • •
3278 • •
Others BR 30 3271/3277 •
Connection
Flange • •
Wafer • • • • • •
Lug type • • •
Catalog page 9 19 27 33 39 45 53
1) Leakage rate A acc. to EN 12266-1, test P12 2) Design, not approved
6 Information Sheet T 8200 EN 2004-02
Control Valves for Industrial Processes • Rotary Valves • Summary of types
Rotary valveDesign Ball valves Tank bottom valves Rotary plug valves
Type BR 26(horiz./vert.) BR 20a BR 20b BR 22a BR 21a 72.x AT 72.x R 73.x R
73.x M
Closuremember/shaftdesign
Centric • • • • •
Double eccentric • • •
Triple eccentric
Closuremember
Metal sealing • • • • •
Soft sealing • • • • • • • •
Leakage class acc. to DIN EN 1349,%/KVS 90 or DIN EN 12 266-1 1) A 1) A 1) A 1) A 1) A 1) IV-L1/VI-G1
Criteria for selection +++ Excellent ++ Good + Satisfactory − Not suitable
On/off service +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ + + +
Throttling service − − − − − +++ +++ +++
Leakage rate +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ ++ ++ ++
∆p when valve is closed ++ + + ++ ++ ++ ++ +++
Temperatures> 220 °C (428 °F) − − − − − + + +
< −10 °C (14 °F) − − − − − − + +
Fire-safe +++ − − − − + 2) + 2) + 2)
TA-Luft (German clean air act) +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++
Cavitation − − − − − ++ ++ ++
Noise performance − − − − − ++ ++ ++
Suitable forfibrous media + − − + − + +++ +++
media cont. suspended particles + − + + − + +++ +++
Standard versionDIN • • • • • • • •
ANSI • • • • • • • •
Nominal sizesDN 15…150 25…150 25…100 25…150 50…100 25…200 25…400 25…400
in 1”…6” 2”…4” 1”…8” 1”…16” 1”…16”
Nominal pressurePN 16…40 10/16 16 16…40 16 10…40 10…40 63…160
Class 150/300 150 150/300 150/300 600/900
Perm. temperatures and differential pressures See associated data sheet
Bodymaterial
Cast iron, EN-JL1040
Sph. graphite iron, EN-JS1049 • • •
Cast steel, WN 1.0619 • • •
Stainless cast steel, 1.4581 • • • •
X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4571 • •
Others 1.4408 1.4408
A 216 WCC, carbon steel
A 351 CF8M, st. carbon steel
Special material (Ni, Ti) • • • •
Option
Insulating section
RecommendedactuatorType
BR 31a/AT • • • • • • •
3278
Others R, S R, M, S
Connection
Flange • • • • • •
Wafer • • • • •
Lug type • •
Catalog page 61 73 77 81 83 87 95 107/117
1) Leakage rate A acc. to EN 12266-1, test P12 2) Design, not approved
Information Sheet T 8200 EN 2004-02 7
Specifications subject to change without notice.
ApplicationControl butterfly valve for use in process engineering andindustrial applications to meet high demandsSuitable for liquids, vapors and gases Nominal size DN 100 to 400 ⋅ 4” to 16”Nominal pressure PN 10 to 40 ⋅ ISO PN 20 and 50
ANSI Class 150 and 300Temperatures −10 to +400 °C ⋅ 14 to 752 °F
Type 3331 Butterfly Valve with • Type BR 31a Pneum. Rotary Piston Actuator (see T 9929 EN)Or as special version with• Type 3278 Pneumatic Rotary Actuator (see T 8321 EN)Valve body made of • Cast steel • Stainless cast steelButterfly disc type • Swing-through or• Angle-seated (low-noise) Additional features• Butterfly valve can be clamped between DIN or ANSI flanges• Centering eyes to simplify installation in the pipelineAttachment of control valve accessories such as pneumatic orelectropneumatic positioners, electric or pneumatic limit swit-ches or solenoid valves according to VDI/VDE 3845.
VersionsStandard versionType 3331 Butterfly Valve with swing-through or angle-seated(low-noise) disc for temperatures between −10 and +220 °C (14 to 428 °F), spring-loaded packing – Type 3331/BR 31a (Fig. 1) ⋅ Butterfly valve and single-ac-
ting Type SRP Pneumatic Rotary Piston Actuator
Special version– Type 3331/3278 (Fig. 2) ⋅ Butterfly valve and single-acting
Type 3278 Pneumatic Rotary Diaphragm Actuator
Further versions with– Graphite packing ⋅ Medium temperature between −10 and
+400 °C (14 to 725 °F)– DN 50 and 80, angle-seated ⋅ Without noise reduction,
full-mold cast body of 1.4404– Double packing– Adapter flange ⋅ On request– Handwheel– Extension for cryogenic applications– Manual or electric actuator ⋅ On request– Double-acting rotary actuator ⋅ On request– Step-seated butterfly disc ⋅ On request Fig. 2 ⋅ Type 3331/3278 Pneumatic Butterfly Valve
Series 3331
Pneumatic Control Butterfly Valve Type 3331/BR 31a
Fig. 1 ⋅ Type 3331/BR 31a Pneumatic Butterfly Valve
Data Sheet T 8227 EN 2004-02 9
Principle of operationThe process medium flows through the butterfly valve. The flowcoefficient is determined by the opening angle of the disc. In Type 3331/BR 31a, the actuator motion is transmitted usinga square-ended shaft. In Type 3331/3278, a feather key isused to transmit the motion from the actuator to the shaft. The shaft is sealed by a packing.
Fail-safe positionDepending on how the actuator is attached (see Data SheetsT 9929 EN and T 8321 EN), the valve provides two differentfail-safe positions:Valve CLOSED without supply airThe butterfly valve is closed when the supply air fails. Valve OPEN without supply air The butterfly valve is opened when the supply air fails.
3 2
11 4 5 6 9 7 8 9 10
112
Fig. 4 ⋅ Type 3331/3278 Pneumatic Butterfly Valve
1 Body2 Gland flange3 Yoke4 Shaft5 Packing6 Spring7 Tapered pins8 Disc9 Internal bearing10 Plug11 Feather key12 Actuator
3 2
4 5 6 9 7 8 9 10
1
Fig. 3 ⋅ Type 3331/BR 31a Pneumatic Butterfly Valve
12
10 Data Sheet T 8227 EN 2004-02
Table 1 ⋅ Technical data of the Type 3331 Butterfly Valve
Nominal size DN 100 to 150 ⋅ 4” to 6” DN 200 to 400 ⋅ 8” to 16”
Nominal pressure PN 10 to 40 (DIN) ⋅ PN 20 and 50 (ISO) ⋅ Class 150 and 300 (ANSI)
Temperature range
Standard version −10 to 220 °C ⋅ 14 to 428 °F
With graphite packing −10 to 400 °C ⋅ 14 to 752 °F
Opening angle
On-off service 90° ⋅ 70° with angle-seated (low-noise) disc
Throttling service 70°
Leakage rate, in relation to Kv value at the opening angle
Swing-through ≤ 1 % (Kv 90°) ≤ 0.5 % (Kv 90°)
Angle-seated/low-noise ≤ 1 % (Kv 70°) ≤ 0.5 % (Kv 70°)
Rangeability ϕ100 = 70° 50 : 1
Table 2 ⋅ Materials (Material number according to DIN)
BodyCast steel
1.0619 (GP240GH) ⋅ A 216 WCB (216 WCC)Stainless cast steel
1.4581 (1.4408) ⋅ A 351 CF8M
Disc 1.4581
Shaft 1.45711.4571
1.4021 with ∅ = 36 mm
Tapered pins Heat-treated stainless steel
Internal bearing Carbon
PackingPTFE V-ring packing with carbon for 16 and 25 mm shaftsPTFE silk cord and compound for −10 to 220 °C (14 to 428 °F) for 36 mm shaft orGraphite carbon for −10 to 400 °C (14 to 752 °C)
Gland flange 1.4305 1.4571
Spring 1.4310
Yoke St 37-2
Table 3 ⋅ Terms for control valve sizing and noise level calculationTable 3a ⋅ Swing-through disc
Op. angle 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90°
FL 0.95 0.95 0.92 0.83 0.73 0.65 0.58 0.53 0.50
xT 0.75 0.75 0.73 0.58 0.46 0.36 0.29 0.24 0.21
xFz 0.35 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.17 0.14 0.12 0.11 0.10
Table 3b ⋅ Angle-seated (low-noise) disc
Op. angle 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70°
FL 0.79 0.78 0.77 0.75 0.73 0.70 0.66
xT 0.54 0.53 0.51 0.48 0.45 0.42 0.37
xFz 0.32 0.26 0.22 0.19 0.17 0.15 0.13
Data Sheet T 8227 EN 2004-02 11
Table 4 ⋅ Kv valuesTable 4a ⋅ Swing-through disc
Opening angle
DN 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90°
100 8 25 40 80 140 220 320 420 440
150 10 35 80 160 290 450 700 1000 1200
200 40 120 260 460 720 1100 1500 1800 2000
250 50 190 410 730 1200 1700 2400 2900 3200
300 70 230 590 990 1600 2400 3400 4100 4500
400 125 450 1000 1700 2800 4200 5900 7200 7800
Table 4b ⋅ Angle-seated (low-noise) disc
Opening angle
DN 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70°
100 20 45 85 120 180 240 330
150 50 100 180 275 375 500 600
200 60 150 300 530 870 1080 1200
250 80 210 390 615 970 1250 2150
300 140 350 650 1025 1480 2100 3090
400 180 470 870 1380 1990 2830 4830
Table 5 ⋅ Cv valuesTable 5a ⋅ Swing-through disc
Opening angle
DN 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90°
100 9 30 45 90 160 255 370 485 510
150 12 40 90 185 335 520 810 1160 1390
200 45 140 300 530 830 1270 1740 2080 2310
250 55 220 470 845 1390 1970 2780 3350 3700
300 80 265 680 1150 1850 2780 3930 4740 5200
400 145 520 1160 1970 3240 4860 6820 8320 9020
Table 5b ⋅ Angle-seated (low-noise) disc
Opening angle
DN 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70°
100 23 50 100 140 210 275 380
150 58 115 210 320 435 580 700
200 70 175 350 615 1005 1250 1400
250 93 245 450 710 1120 1445 2490
300 160 405 750 1185 1710 2430 3570
400 210 540 1005 1600 2300 3270 5505
12 Data Sheet T 8227 EN 2004-02
Notes on the differential pressure tablesThe specified Kv values apply for a nominal opening angle of ϕ100 = 70°. In addition, the following applies: ∆p0 Permissible differential pressure with disc in closed
position(valve CLOSED)
∆p100 Permissible differential pressure with a nominal opening angle of ϕ100(valve OPEN 70°)
The permissible differential pressures are limited by the nominalpressure ratings (also see T 8000-2 EN). Only on-off butterfly valves can be used without positioners. Inall other cases, positioners are required.
∆p100
∆p0
ϕϕ
ϕp0
ϕp0
ϕp100 ϕp100ϕpa
ϕpa
∆p0
∆p100
KvsKvs
4.1 4.2
4.1 Swing-through disc4.2 Angle-seated (low-noise) discFig. 4 ⋅ Disc types for nominal size DN 100
Functional diagrams, opening angles and flow coefficients
Table 6 ⋅ Permissible differential pressuresTable 6a ⋅ Type SRP Actuator with fail-safe action "valve CLOSED" or "valve OPEN" ⋅ All pressures stated in barSupply pressures in parenthesis only apply for bodies made of 1.0619 and shafts made of 1.4021.A graphite carbon packing must be used for temperatures above 220 °C.
Nominalsize
mm/in
Shaft ∅in mm
Type SRPActuator
Springsn=
Signalpressure
required tokeep disc
open
Max. perm. supply pressure atDifferential pressure with packing
PTFE Graphite
20 °C(68 °F)
220 °C(428 °F)
400 °C(752 °F) ∆p0 ∆p100 ∆p0 ∆p100
1004” 16
100 2/3 2.5 6 6 6 7.7 1.20 3.7 0.50
100 4 4 6 6 6 12.7 2.10 8.7 1.40
100 5/6 5.5 6 6 6 17.8 2.9 13.8 2.20
1506”
16150 2/3 2.5 6 5.9 5.1 5.9 0.60 3.9 0.45
100 4 4 6 6 6 6.3 0.60 4.3 0.45
100 5/6 5.5 6 6 6 8.9 0.90 6.9 0.75
25450 2/3 2.5 6 6 5.7 11.3 1.90 9.2 1.53
450 4 4 6 6 6 18.4 3.1 16.3 2.73
450 5/6 5.5 6 6 6 25.4 4.30 23.3 3.93
2008”
16150 2/3 2.5 6 5.9 5.1 3.4 0.25 2.3 0.19
150 4 4 6 6 5.7 5.5 0.40 4.4 0.34
100 5/6 5.5 6 6 6 5.0 0.35 3.9 0.29
25450 2/3 2.5 6 6 5.8 7.2 0.85 5.8 0.69
450 4 4 6 6 6 11.7 1.40 10.3 1.24
450 5/6 5.5 6 6 6 16.1 1.90 14.7 1.74
25010” 25
600 2/3 2.5 6 5.4 4.7 6.4 0.60 5.5 0.50
450 4 4 6 6 6 7.6 0.70 6.7 0.60
450 5/6 5.5 6 6 6 10.5 1.00 9.6 0.90
30012”
25600 2/3 2.5 6 5.4 4.7 4.3 0.35 3.7 0.30
600 4 4 6 6 5.3 7.0 0.60 6.4 0.55
600 5/6 5.5 6 6 5.9 9.7 0.80 9.1 0.75
361200 2/3 2.5 5.8 (6) 4.5 (6) 3.9 (6) 5.7 0.65 4.9 0.55
1200 4 4 6 5.1 (6) 4.5 (6) 9.2 1.00 8.4 0.90
1200 5/6 5.5 6 5.7 (6) − (6) 12.8 1.50 12.0 1.40
40016”
25600 2/3 2.5 6 5.4 4.7 2.6 0.15 2.3 0.13
600 4 4 6 6 5.3 4.2 0.25 3.9 0.23
600 5/6 5.5 6 6 5.9 5.8 0.35 5.5 0.33
361200 2/3 2.5 5.8 (6) 4.5 (6) 3.9 (6) 3.4 0.30 2.9 0.25
1200 4 4 6 5.1 (6) 4.5 (6) 5.4 0.50 4.9 0.45
1200 5/6 5.5 6 5.7 (6) - (6) 7.5 0.65 7.0 0.60
Data Sheet T 8227 EN 2004-02 13
Table 6b ⋅ Type 3278 Actuator with fail-safe action "valve CLOSED" ⋅ All pressures stated in bar
Nominalsize
mm/in
Shaft ∅in mm
Diaphragm area in cm2
Bench range90°
Operatingrange 70°
Signalpressurerequiredto keep
disc open
Max. perm. supply pressure atDifferential pressure with packing
PTFE Graphite
20 °C(68 °F)
220 °C(428 °F)
400 °C(752 °F) ∆p0 ∆p100 ∆p0 ∆p100
1004” 16 160
0.8...1.6 0.8...1.5 2.5 6.0 4.7 4.0 9.0 2.4 5 1.70
1.2...2.4 1.2...2.2 3.5 6.0 5.2 4.7 14 3.0 10 2.30
1.7...3.4 1.7...3.1 5.5 6.0 5.9 − 20 5.7 16 5.00
1506”
16 1600.8...1.6 0.8...1.5 2.5 6.0 4.7 4.0 4.5 0.7 2.5 0.55
1.2...2.4 1.2...2.2 3.5 6.0 5.2 4.7 7.0 0.9 5 0.75
1.7...3.4 1.7...3.1 5.5 6.0 5.9 − 10 1.7 8 1.55
25 1) 3200.8...1.6 0.8...1.5 2.5 6.0 4.7 4.0 8.5 2.5 6.4 2.12
1.2...2.4 1.2...2.2 3.5 6.0 5.3 4.8 13 3.2 10.9 2.82
1.7...3.4 1.7...3.1 5.5 6.0 6.0 − 19 5.8 16.9 5.42
2008”
16 1600.8...1.6 0.8...1.5 2.5 6.0 4.7 4.0 2.5 0.3 1.4 0.24
1.2...2.4 1.2...2.2 3.5 6.0 5.2 4.7 4.0 0.4 2.9 0.34
1.7...3.4 1.7...3.1 5.5 6.0 5.9 − 5.5 0.7 4.4 0.64
25 1) 3200.8...1.6 0.8...1.5 2.5 6.0 4.7 4.0 5.5 1.1 4.1 0.94
1.2...2.4 1.2...2.2 3.5 6.0 5.3 4.8 8.5 1.4 7.1 1.24
1.7...3.4 1.7...3.1 5.5 6.0 6.0 − 12 2.6 10.6 2.44
25010” 25 320
0.8...1.6 0.8...1.5 2.5 6.0 4.7 4.0 3.5 0.6 2.6 0.50
1.2...2.4 1.2...2.2 3.5 6.0 5.3 4.8 5.5 0.7 4.6 0.60
1.7...3.4 1.7...3.1 5.5 6.0 6.0 − 7.5 1.3 6.6 1.20
30012” 25 320
0.8...1.6 0.8...1.5 2.5 6.0 4.7 4.0 2.4 0.3 1.8 0.25
1.2...2.4 1.2...2.2 3.5 6.0 5.3 4.8 3.5 0.4 2.9 0.35
1.7...3.4 1.7...3.1 5.5 6.0 6.0 − 5.3 0.8 4.7 0.75
40016” 25 320
0.8...1.6 0.8...1.5 2.5 6.0 4.7 4.0 1.5 0.15 1.15 0.12
1.2...2.4 1.2...2.2 3.5 6.0 5.3 4.8 2.2 0.2 1.85 0.17
1.7...3.4 1.7...3.1 5.5 6.0 6.0 − 3.2 0.3 2.85 0.27
1) Only with swing-through disc
14 Data Sheet T 8227 EN 2004-02
Table 6c ⋅ Type 3278 Actuator with fail-safe action "valve OPEN" ⋅ All pressure stated in bar
Nominalsize
mm/in
Shaft ∅in mm
Diaphragmarea in cm2
Bench range90°
Operatingrange 70°
Signalpressurerequiredto close
disc
Max. perm. supply pressure atDifferential pressure with packing
PTFE Graphite
20 °C(68 °F)
220 °C(428 °F)
400 °C(752 °F) ∆p0 ∆p100 ∆p0 ∆p100
1004” 16 160
0.5...1.0 0.6...1.0 2.5 5.5 4.1 3.5 10.0 1.4 6 0.70
0.8...1.6 0.9...1.6 3.5 6.0 4.6 4.1 20 2.4 16 1.70
1.2...2.4 1.4...2.4 5.0 6.0 5.3 − 30 3.6 26 2.90
1506”
16 160
0.5...1.0 0.6...1.0 2.5 5.5 4.1 3.5 5.5 0.4 3.5 0.25
0.8...1.6 0.9...1.6 3.5 6.0 4.6 4.1 10 0.7 8 0.55
1.2...2.4 1.4...2.4 5.0 6.0 5.3 − 15 1.1 13 0.95
25 1) 320
0.5...1.0 0.6...1.0 2.5 5.8 4.4 3.8 11.5 1.4 9.4 1.02
0.8...1.6 0.9...1.6 3.5 6.0 4.9 4.3 18 2.3 15.9 1.92
1.2...2.4 1.4...2.4 5.0 6.0 5.4 − 28 3.5 25.9 3.12
2008”
16 160
0.5...1.0 0.6...1.0 2.5 5.5 4.1 3.5 3.0 0.2 1.9 0.14
0.8...1.6 0.9...1.6 3.5 6.0 4.6 4.1 5.5 0.3 4.4 0.24
1.2...2.4 1.4...2.4 5.0 6.0 5.3 − 8.5 0.4 7.4 0.34
25 1) 320
0.5...1.0 0.6...1.0 2.5 5.8 4.4 3.8 7.5 0.6 6.1 0.44
0.8...1.6 0.9...1.6 3.5 6.0 4.9 4.3 11.5 1 10.1 0.84
1.2...2.4 1.4...2.4 5.0 6.0 5.4 − 17.5 1.5 16.1 1.34
25010” 25 320
0.5...1.0 0.6...1.0 2.5 5.8 4.4 3.8 4.8 0.3 3.9 0.20
0.8...1.6 0.9...1.6 3.5 6.0 4.9 4.3 7.5 0.5 6.6 0.40
1.2...2.4 1.4...2.4 5.0 6.0 5.4 − 11.5 0.8 10.6 0.70
30012” 25 320
0.5...1.0 0.6...1.0 2.5 5.8 4.4 3.8 3.3 0.2 2.7 0.15
0.8...1.6 0.9...1.6 3.5 6.0 4.9 4.3 5 0.3 4.4 0.25
1.2...2.4 1.4...2.4 5.0 6.0 5.4 − 7.5 0.45 6.9 0.40
40016” 25 320
0.5...1.0 0.6...1.0 2.5 5.8 4.4 3.8 2.0 0.1 1.65 0.07
0.8...1.6 0.9...1.6 3.5 6.0 4.9 4.3 3.1 0.13 2.75 0.10
1.2...2.4 1.4...2.4 5.0 6.0 5.4 − 4.7 0.2 4.35 0.17
1) Only with swing-through disc
Data Sheet T 8227 EN 2004-02 15
Table 8 ⋅ Dimensions in mm and weights for Type 3331/BR 31a and Type 3331/3278
Type 3331 Butterfly Valve
Nominal size mm/in 100/4” 150/6” 200/8” 250/10” 300/12” 400/16”
L 52 56 60 68 78 102
A 168 209 234 267 343 388
B 136 175 202 241 267 338
C 80 80 90 80 90 90 90 100 90 100
∅W shaft with feather key end 16 16 25 16 25 25 25 36 25 36
SW Shaft with square end/adapter for actuator 12/17 12/17 19/27 12/17 19/27 19/27 19/27 27/36 19/27 27/36
Flange connecting yoke F07 F07 F12 F07 F12 F12 F12 F14 F12 F14
Ø Di 97 146 194 242 290 380
Ø De 158 216 270 320 376 486
Weight Approx. kg 13 19 25 35 55 98
Type SRP Rotary Actuator 100 150 450 600 900 1200
F mm 248 269 409 438 487 543
G mm 135 147 207 226 271 295
H mm 107 123 172 187 204 222
Connecting flange DIN 3337 F07 F12 F14
SW mm 17 27 36
Weight
Type SRP Approx. kg 4.5 6.5 18.5 24 32 46
Type 3278 Rotary Actuator 160 cm2 320 cm2
E mm 120.5 165.5
H1 mm 260 421
H2 mm 72 95
D mm 225 295
Connecting flange ISO 5211 F07 F12
Weight kg 16 50
Table 7 ⋅ Permissible shaft, breakaway and dynamic torques in Nm
Nominalsize
Shaft Øin mm
Perm. shaft torque at Breakaway torque atdifferential pressure ∆p0 (in bar) 2) 3)
Dynamic torque at differential pressure ∆p100 (in bar) 2) 4)
20 °C(68 °F)
220 °C(428 °F)
400 °C(752 °F) 3.5 5 10 20 0.5 1 2
100/4” 16 180 130 110 8 12 22 42 8 14 26
1506”
16 180 130 110 15 22 42 − 22 42 8225 1) 690 500 420 27 38 73 143 24 44 85
2008”
16 180 130 110 26 37 − − 48 95 −25 1) 690 500 420 40 58 113 223 50 96 189
250/10” 25 690 500 420 60 88 173 − 92 181 359
30012”
25 690 500 420 90 128 − − 153 303 −
36 1) 1030 750 630130 186 366 − 162 318 −
2060* 1500* 1260*
40016”
25 690 500 420 150 213 − − 348 − −
36 1) 1030 750 630220 311 − − 352 698 −
2060* 1500* 1260*
1) Only with swing-through disc * Valid for shaft made of 1.4021 in body made of 1.06192) Values for PTFE packing
With graphite packing, add to the value: 8 Nm for shaft ∅ 16 mm; 15 Nm for shaft ∅ 25 mm; 30 Nm for shaft ∅ 36 mm.3) Permissible differential pressure in bar with the disc in closed position4) Permissible differential pressure in bar with the disc in open position (70°)
16 Data Sheet T 8227 EN 2004-02
Ordering textDN ..., PN ... Butterfly valve with Swing-through or
angle-seated (low-noise) discBody material According to Table 2Fail-safe position Valve CLOSED or valve OPENProcess medium and its density in kg/m3
Maximum flow rate kg/h or m3/h in relation to thestandard or operating conditions
Available supply pressure∆p0 and ∆p100
Temperature of the process mediumControl valve accessories
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Table 9 ⋅ Mounting dimensions ØK and ØM in mm
Nominal size DN 100 ... 250 300 400
Nominal pressure
PN PN 10 ... 50 25 40 ... 50 25 40 50
ANSI Class 150 and 300 − 300 − − 300
∅W=25∅K
Dimensions according toPN 10 ... 40 ISO PN 20 and 50 ANSI Class 150 ... 300
− −571.5
∅M 35
∅W=36
∅K 430 450.8 550 585 571.5
∅M M 27 1) M 30 1)
11⁄8” 36 39M 33 1)
11⁄4”
1) Version without threaded-through bores
G
FH
L
B
ØW/SW
C A
ØDeØDi
ØL
ØK
Note! The number of flange bore holes varies depend-ing on the nominal size and nominal pressure rating ofthe valve.
Fig. 5 ⋅ Dimensions of the Type 3331 Butterfly Valve (example in nominal size DN 100) with actuator
∅M
E
ØDG¼
H1
H2
Type 3278 Actuator Type BR 31a Actuator
Data Sheet T 8227 EN 2004-02 17
Pneumatic Control and Shut-off Butterfly Valve
Pfeiffer Type BR 14b/31a and Type BR 14c/31a
ApplicationTight-closing, double eccentric butterfly valve for process engi-neering and plants with industrial requirementsNominal size DN 80 to 600 ⋅ 3” to 24”Nom. pressure PN 10 to 40 ⋅ ANSI Class 150 and 300Temperatures −196 to 400 °C ⋅ −320 to 752 °F
Double eccentric Type BR 14b/14c Butterfly Valve with sin-gle-acting Pfeiffer Type BR 31a-SRP Actuator.Valve body material• Steel or• Stainless steelBody style• Wafer or lug typeSealing• Soft sealing or• Metal sealingFurther features• Low breakaway torque and low amount of wear due to the
double eccentric bearing design of the shaft• Extended valve neck to allow easy installation in insulated
pipelines• TA-Luft (German clean air act) packing• Continuous sealing face assured by mounting ring attached
without screws• Blow-out proof shaft• Soft seat rings can be replaced with metal seat rings on site• Face-to-face dimensions can be changed by using different
mounting ringsThe control valves can be equipped with various accessories:positioners, solenoid valves and other components according toVDI/VDE 3845.
VersionsStandard version (Fig. 1) ⋅ Butterfly valve with single-actingPfeiffer Type BR 31a-SRP Rotary Actuator (see T 9929 EN) inDN 80 to 400– Type BR 14b/31a ⋅ Cast valve with seat ring made of PTFE
with 20 % glass for temperatures from −10 to 200 °C (14 to392 °F)
– Type BR 14c/31a ⋅ Full-mold cast valve with metal seat ringfor temperatures from −10 to 350 °C (14 to 662 °F)
Further versions– DN 500 and DN 600 (20” and 24”) on request– Facing with groove (only with series 16 and 25 of EN 558)– Adjustable packing– Double packing
– Primary seal with O-ring– For high temperatures (+400 °C ⋅ 752 °F)– For cryogenic applications (−196 °C ⋅ −320 °F)– Special materials– Double-acting Pfeiffer Type BR 31a-DAP Rotary Actuator– Electric actuator– Lever with locking plate up to DN 150 ⋅ 6” (Fig. 2)– Manual gear
Fig. 1 ⋅ Type BR 14b/31a Control and Shut-off Butterfly Valve
Fig. 2 ⋅ Type BR 14b Control and Shut-off Butterfly Valve withlever
Data Sheet T 9924 EN 2004-02 19
Principle of operation (Fig. 3)The process medium can flow through the butterfly valve in ei-ther direction. The position of the butterfly disc (3) determinesthe flow across the free area between disc and body (1). Theshaft (2) is sealed by a PTFE V-ring packing (9) which is loadedby Belleville spring washers (10) on top of the packing chamberand requires no maintenance.Butterfly valves are sealed between the disc (3) and seat. The di-rection of flow as well as the differential pressure determine thebreakaway torque required to open the valve. The double ec-centric bearing design has the effect that the disc only remainsin contact with the seat over a very small angle of rotation as itopens and closes. This reduces wear and increases the servicelife of the valve. Additionally, it reduces the breakaway torque.
Direction of flow (Fig. 3)The direction of flow "A" is recommended for throttling service,whereas the direction of flow "B" is recommended for shut-offservice.
Fail-safe positionAttached to the Type BR 31a-SRP Rotary Actuator, the butterflyvalve has two fail-safe positions which become effective whenthe piston is relieved of pressure as well as when the supply airfails:Valve CLOSED without supply airThe butterfly valve closes when the supply air fails.Valve OPEN without supply airThe butterfly valve opens when the supply air fails.
0−50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
450
40
45
HT
(°C)
p (bar)
t
PN 40/K3
PN 25/K1
Fig. 5 ⋅ p/t diagram, version with metal sealing
10 9 4 5
2 3 1
1 Body2 Shaft3 Disc4 Seat ring
Fig. 3 ⋅ Lug type
5 Mounting ring9 V-ring packing10 Belleville spring washers
0-10 (˚C)
p (bar)
0 150 250
5
10
15
20
25
50 100 200 300
t
Fig. 4 ⋅ p/t diagram for version with soft sealing
B
A
20 Data Sheet T 9924 EN 2004-02
Table 1 ⋅ Technical data for Type BR 14b and Type BR 14c
Nominal size DN 80 to 400 ⋅ 3” to 16”
Nominal pressure PN 10 to 40 ⋅ ANSI Class 150 and 300
Body style Wafer or lug type
Seat ring Soft sealing Metal sealing
Rangeability 50 : 1
Face-to-face dimensions DIN Standard: DIN 3202 K1/EN 558-1 Series 20Special version: EN 558 Series 25
ANSI Class 150 with DIN 3202 K1 ⋅ Class 300 with DIN 3202 K3/EN 558-2 Series 16
Perm. operating pressures See pressure-temperature diagram
Temperature range 1) −10 to 200 °C14 to 428 °F
−10 to 350 °C 2)
14 to 482 °F
Leakage acc. to DIN EN 1349for direction of flow
A: On request as it depends on pressure and temperatureB: Class VI
1) Version for high temperatures or cryogenic services on request; see TV-SK for wider temperature ranges2) With graphite packing for temperatures > 200 °C
Table 1b ⋅ Body version, materials and associated temperature ranges (HT - High-temperature version)
Butterfly valve version andbody material
Shaft material and seat sealing
1.4462 1.4542
Soft sealing HT metal sealing Soft sealing HT metal sealing
BR 14bCast version
1.4408
−10 … 200 °C −10 … 280 °C −10 … 200 °C
−10 … 300 °C
1.0619 −10 … 350 °C
A 351 CF8M−10 … 300 °C
A 216 WCB
BR 14cFull-mold cast
1.4571
−10 … 200 °C −10 … 280 °C −10 … 200 °C −10 … 350 °CS355J2G3
A 240 Gr.316L
A 516 Gr.70
Table 2 ⋅ Materials for Pfeiffer Type BR 14b
Version DIN ANSI
Valve body 1.4408 ⋅ 1.0619 A 351 CF8M ⋅ A 216 WCB
Butterfly disc 1.4408
Shaft 1.4462 ⋅ 1.4542
Mounting ring 1.4571
Packing flange 1.4571
Seat ring Soft PTFE with 25 % glass
Metal Nickel
Packing Live-loaded PTFE V-ring or graphite packing ⋅ Belleville washers 1.8159 Delta Tone coated
Data Sheet T 9924 EN 2004-02 21
Terms for control valve sizing and noise level calculationTable 3a ⋅ KVS coefficients
Nominal size Opening angle
DN in 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90°
80 3” 4,5 23 45 68 93 118 133 147 150
100 4” 7 36 72 108 149 190 214 235 240
150 6” 21 105 210 315 434 553 623 686 700
200 8” 42 208 417 625 862 1098 1237 1362 1390
250 10” 68 341 681 1022 1407 1793 2020 2224 2270
300 12” 100 501 1002 1503 2071 2639 2973 3273 3340
400 16” 183 915 1830 2745 3782 4819 5429 5978 6100
Table 3b ⋅ CV coefficients
Nominal size Opening angle
DN in 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90°
80 3” 5,3 27 53 80 109 138 156 172 176
100 4” 8 42 84 126 174 222 250 275 281
150 6” 25 123 246 369 508 647 729 803 819
200 8” 49 243 488 731 1009 1285 1447 1594 1626
250 10” 80 399 797 1196 1646 2098 2363 2602 2656
300 12” 117 586 1172 1759 2423 3088 3478 3829 3908
400 16” 214 1071 2141 3212 4425 5638 6352 6994 7137
Table 3c ⋅ Terms for noise level calculation
Open. angle 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90°
FL 0.95 0.95 0.92 0.82 0.74 0.67 0.61 0.57 0.54
xT 0.75 0.75 0.73 0.57 0.47 0.38 0.31 0.28 0.25
xFz 0.35 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.17 0.15 0.13 0.12 0.11
22 Data Sheet T 9924 EN 2004-02
Permissible differential pressures for Type BR 14c/14c Butterfly Valve with Type SRP Rotary ActuatorTable 4a ⋅ Version with soft sealing, applicable for both fail-safe positions ⋅ All pressures stated in bar
Nominal sizeType SRPActuator
Springsn=
Requiredsupply
pressure
Max. perm. supply pressure with shaft Perm. diff.pressure 1) forCLOSED posi-tion, direction
of flowA or B
1.4462 1.4542
DN in 20 °C68 °F
200 °C392 °F
20 °C68 °F
200 °C392 °F
80 3”
300 2/3 2.5 6 6 6 6 16.0
220 4 4 6 6 6 6 16.0
150 5/6 5.5 6 6 6 6 16.0
100 4”
450 2/3 2.5 6 6 6 6 16.0
300 4 4 6 6 6 6 16.0
220 5/6 5.5 6 6 6 6 16.0
150 6”
900 2/3 2.5 6 5 6 6 16.0
600 4 4 6 6 6 6 16.0
450 5/6 5.5 6 6 6 6 16.0
200 8”
2000 2/3 2.5 5 3.4 6 6 16.0
1200 4 4 6 6 6 6 16.0
900 5/6 5.5 6 6 6 6 16.0
250 10”
3000 2/3 2.5 4.2 2.5 6 6 16.0
2000 4 4 5 3.4 6 6 16.0
1200 5/6 5.5 6 6 6 6 10.0
300 12”
3000 2/3 2.5 6 5 6 6 8.0
2000 4 4 6 6 6 6 9.0
1200 5/6 5.5 6 6 6 6 5.0
400 16”
5000 2/3 2.5 6 5.3 6 6 5.0
3000 4 4 6 6 6 6 4.0
3000 5/6 5.5 6 6 6 6 13.0
1) The permissible differential pressure is the same as the operating pressure.
Data Sheet T 9924 EN 2004-02 23
Table 4b ⋅ Version with metal sealing, applicable for both fail-safe positions ⋅ All pressures stated in bar
Nominal sizeType SRPActuator
Springsn=
Requiredsupply
pressure
Max. perm. supply pressure with shaft Perm. diff.pressure 1) forCLOSED posi-tion, direction
of flowA or B
1.4462 1.4542
DN in 20 °C68 °F
200 °C392 °F
20 °C68 °F
200 °C392 °F
80 3”
600 2/3 2.5 4.6 3.4 6 6 28.0
450 4 4 6 4.7 6 6 35.0
300 5/6 5.5 6 6 6 6 29.0
100 4”
600 2/3 2.5 4.6 3.4 6 6 15.0
600 4 4 5.1 - 6 6 28.0
450 5/6 5.5 6 - 6 6 28.0
150 6”
1200 2/3 2.5 4.5 3.3 6 6 10.0
1200 4 4 5.1 - 6 6 25.0
900 5/6 5.5 6 - 6 6 25.0
200 8”
2000 2/3 2.5 4.1 3.1 6 6 8.0
2000 4 4 4.7 - 6 6 16.0
1200 5/6 5.5 6 5.9 6 6 12.0
250 10”
3000 2/3 2.5 3.3 2.5 6 6 5.0
3000 4 4 4 − 6 6 10.0
2000 5/6 5.5 5.4 4.2 6 6 14.0
300 12”
3000 2/3 2.5 6 4.9 6 6 2.0
3000 4 4 6 5.5 6 6 7.0
2000 5/6 5.5 6 6 6 6 8.0
400 16”
5000 2/3 2.5 6 5.4 6 6 3.0
3000 4 4 6 6 6 6 3.0
3000 5/6 5.5 6 6 6 6 6.0
1) The permissible differential pressure is the same as the operating pressure.
Table 5a ⋅ Permissible shaft and breakaway torques for Type BR 14 Butterfly Valve with soft sealingThe required torques specified are average values which have been determined using water at 20 °C at the corresponding differentialpressures. Operating temperature, process medium as well as longer lasting operating times may affect the torques considerably.
Nominal size Perm. torqueMdmax in Nm
Breakaway torque Mdl in Nm with differential pressure ∆p in bar
DN in 0 bar 5 bar 10 bar 16 bar
80 3” 280 40 43 45 51
100 4” 280 48 54 59 67
150 6” 505 91 106 114 157
200 8” 785 190 219 269 288
250 10” 785 320 364 433 480
300 12” 1591 370 467 578 654
400 16” 3215 690 903 1089 1239
24 Data Sheet T 9924 EN 2004-02
Table 6 ⋅ Dimensions in mm and weights
Nominal size DN/in 80/3” 100/4” 150/6” 200/8” 250/10” 300/12” 400/16”
L
PN 10 to 40/Class 150 46 52 56 60 68 78 102
Class 300 64 64 76 89 114 114 140
Wafer
A1 160 170 225 277 262 295 372
B1 95 108 114 164 176 244 300
D1 142 160 217 272 326 378 485
Lug type
A2 160 170 225 277 262 300 376
B2 95 108 141 164 206 244 300
D2 138 158 215 272 326 378 481
∅-K lug type
PN 10 160 180 240 295 350 400 515
PN 16 160 180 240 295 355 410 525
PN 25 160 190 250 310 370 430 550
PN 40 160 190 250 320 385 450 585
Class 150 152.4 190.5 241.3 298.5 362 431.8 539.8
Class 300 168.1 200.2 269.7 330.2 387.4 450.9 571.5
∅-K wafer style With through boreholes as with the lug type
Flange DIN 3337 F05 F05 F07 F10 F10 F12 F14
SW mm 14 14 17 19 19 24 30
Weight Approx. kg 7 10 18 28 42 66 120
Table 5b ⋅ Permissible shaft and breakaway torques for Type BR 14 Butterfly Valve with metal sealingThe required torques specified are average values which have been determined using water at 20 °C at the corresponding differentialpressures. Operating temperature, process medium as well as longer lasting operating times may affect the torques considerably.
Nominal sizePerm. torques in Nm with shaft
Breakaway torque Mdl in Nm with differential pressure ∆p in bar1.4462 1.4542
DN in 20 °C68 °F
250 °C482 °F
20 °C68 °F
250 °C482 °F 0 bar 5 bar 10 bar 15 bar 20 bar 25 bar 30 bar 40 bar
80 3” 416 280 944 805 32 32 46 56 73 79 103 125
100 4” 416 280 944 805 43 51 73 89 116 126 164 199
150 6” 750 505 1704 1450 60 127 183 222 290 316 410 500
200 8” 1169 785 2654 2260 82 241 348 422 551 600 779 950
250 10” 1169 785 2654 2260 189 473 683 857 1224 −
300 12” 2373 1591 5387 4584 357 609 893 1301 −
400 16” 4796 3215 10890 9265 523 1024 1638 −
Data Sheet T 9924 EN 2004-02 25
The following details are required on ordering:Nominal size DN ...Nominal pressure PN ...Valve body material According to Table 2Seat seal Metal sealing or soft sealingDirection of flow “A” standard direction of flow for
throttling service“B” reversed direction of flowfor shut-off service
Actuator Type BR 31a-SRPFail-safe position Valve OPEN or valve CLOSEDSupply air … barOperating range Number of springs ....Operating pressure … barMedium temperature ... °C or ...°FMedium Dry or lubricating
Specifications subject to change without notice.
L
C
B1A1
SW
VKT
B2A2
H
DF
L
C
D1
D2K
Fig. 6 ⋅ Dimensional diagrams for wafer style body in full-mold cast version and lug type body
Table 7 ⋅ Type SRP Rotary Actuator ⋅ Dimensions in mm and weights
Rotary Actuator Type SRP 150 220 300 450 600 900 1200 2000 3000 5000
D 269 315 345 409 438 487 543 621 684
Onrequest
H 147 175 187 207 226 271 295 349 380
F 123 141 152 172 187 204 222 262 330
Connecting flange DIN 3337 F07 F10 F10 F12 F12 F14 F14 F16 F16
Square end 17 22 22 27 27 36 36 46 46
Weight Approx. kg 6.5 10 13 18.5 24 32 46 65 103
Table 8 ⋅ Mounting kit according to DIN/ISO 5211 for Type SRP Rotary Actuator ⋅ Dimensions in mm
Connecting flangeValve F05 F05 F07 F05 F07 F10 F05 F07 F10 F07 F10 F14 F10 F14
Actuator F05 F05 F07 F10 F10 F10 F12 F12 F12 F14 F14 F14 F16 F61
C mm 60 80 90 120
Square end
26 Data Sheet T 9924 EN 2004-02
ApplicationTight-closing butterfly valve for process engineering and plantswith industrial requirementsNominal size DN 50 to DN 300 ⋅ 2” to 12”Nominal pressure PN 10 and PN 16
Max. operating pressure 10 or 16 barTemperatures −10 to +150 oC ⋅ 14 to +302 oF
Type 3335/BR 31a On-off Butterfly Valve with• Type 3335 Butterfly Valve and single-acting Type SRP Pneu-
matic Rotary ActuatorValve body material• Cast iron or• Spheroidal graphite ironSeat ring • EPDM or• PTFEButterfly disc material• Spheroidal graphite iron or• Cast stainless steel• PFA linedAttachment of control valve accessories, such as pneumatic orelectropneumatic positioners, electrical or pneumatic limit swit-ches or solenoid valves according to VDI/VDE 3845.
Throttling serviceThe Type 3335 Butterfly Control Valve can also be used forcontinuous control applications in the rotation range from 25°to 60°.
VersionsStandard version ⋅ Nominal size DN 50 to DN 300 – Type 3335/BR 31a (Fig. 1) ⋅ Tight-closing Type 3335 But-
terfly Valve with single-acting Type SRP Pneumatic RotaryActuator
Further versions with – Double-acting Type DAP Rotary Actuator– Larger nominal sizes available on request– Emergency manual override for Pfeiffer Type BR 31a-SRP
and Type BR 31a-DAP Rotary Actuators– Single-acting Type 3278 Rotary Actuator (Fig. 2)– Special materials
Fig. 2 ⋅ Type 3335/3278 Pneumatic Butterfly Valve
Fig. 1 ⋅ Type 3335/BR 31a Pneumatic Butterfly Valve
Pneumatic Shut-off Butterfly Valve Type 3335/BR 31a
Data Sheet T 8220 EN 2004-02 27
Principle of operationThe process medium flows through the butterfly valve. The flowcoefficient is determined by the opening angle of the disc (4),i.e. the cross-sectional area between the disc and the body (2).The disc is connected to the actuator by means of the shaft andcoupling elements. The disc and the seat ring (3) come into contact with the processmedium. The seat ring also functions as a flange seal.
Fail-safe positionDepending on how the rotary actuator is attached, the butterflyvalve has two different fail-safe positions which become effec-tive when the pressure acting on the diaphragm is reduced orwhen supply air fails:Valve CLOSED without supply air,the butterfly valve is closed when the supply air fails.Valve OPEN without supply air, the butterfly valve is opened when the supply air fails.
2 3 4
Fig. 3 ⋅ Type 3335 Pneumatic Butterfly ValveVersion with EPDM seat ring
9 10 1 2 5 3 4 8 6
Fig. 4 ⋅ Type 3335 Pneumatic Butterfly ValveVersion with PTFE seat ring
Legend1 Bearing bushing with O-ring 6 Belleville spring washer 2 Body 8 Elastomer3 Seat ring 9 Adapter4 Disc with shaft 10 Mounting block5 Packing follower
28 Data Sheet T 8220 EN 2004-02
Table 1 ⋅ Technical data
Nominal size DN 25 to 300 ⋅ 2” to 12” 1)
Nominal pressure PN 10 ⋅ 16
Valve body style Wafer type ⋅ Lug type on request
Overall length EN 558-1 Series 20 (DIN 3202 K1)
Mountable between flanges PN 10, PN 16 or Class 150
Temperature range
Seat ring EPDM −10 to 120 °C (14 to 248 °F)
PTFE −10 to 150 °C (14 to 302 °F)
Permissible operating pressures
Seat ring 2) EPDM 16 bar(10 bar with cast iron body)
PTFE 10 bar
Leakage class acc. to EN 12266-1 Test P12 - Leakage rate "A"
1) Larger nominal sizes available on request 2) Special version for vacuum service
Table 2 ⋅ Materials
Valve body Cast iron EN-JL1040
Spheroidal graphite ironEN-JS1049
Seat ring EPDM PTFE
Elastomer − Silicone
DiscUp to DN 150: 1.4008DN 200 and higher:
EN-JS1049CrNiMo steel CrNiMo steel 1.4021
PFA lined
ShaftUp to DN 150: 1.4008DN 200 and larger:
1.4021CrNiMo steel CrNiMo steel 1.4571
Packing follower − 1.4305
Bearing bushing with O-ring − POM/FPM-Viton
Belleville spring washer − Spring steel
Shaft seal (O-ring) FPM-Viton −
Table 3 ⋅ Kv values
Nominal size Opening angle
mm in 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90°
50 2” 1.8 7 16 26 44 70 115 175 210
65 21⁄2” 2.8 10 23 39 60 95 155 280 340
80 3” 3.5 14 33 57 95 146 240 380 510
100 4” 5.5 25 54 95 155 240 395 620 820
125 5” 8.6 38 86 155 240 385 635 950 1200
150 6” 14.5 52 120 215 342 547 940 1380 1800
200 8” 20.5 95 215 376 590 940 1540 2400 3200
250 10” 33 154 342 607 940 1540 2310 4000 5300
300 12” 49 222 504 855 1455 2310 3760 6000 8000
Data Sheet T 8220 EN 2004-02 29
Differential pressure tables for Type 3335 Butterfly Valve for on-off applications ⋅ Pressures in barTable 4a ⋅ Permissible differential pressures for fail-safe position "Valve CLOSED"
Nominal sizeShaft ∅ Type SRP Actuator Springs
n=Required signal
pressure 1)Differentialpressure 2)
Max. perm. supply pressure with shaftmm in St 50 1.4571
50 2” 14150 3 2.5 16 4.5 4.1100 4/5 4 16 6 6
65 21⁄2” 14220 2/3 2.5 16 3.1 2.8150 4 3.5 16 5 4.5100 5/6 5 16 6 6
80 3” 14220 3 2.5 16 3.2 2.9150 4/5 4 10 5.1 4.7100 6 5.5 10 6 6
100 4” 16300 3 2.5 5 3.6 3.3220 4/5 4 16 4.9 4.4150 6 5.5 5 6 6
125 5” 19450 3 2.5 16 3.7 3.4300 4/5 4 5 5.8 5.3220 6 5.5 16 6 6
150 6” 19600 3 2.5 5 3.2 2.9450 4/5 4 10 4.3 −300 6 5.5 5 6 6
200 8” 221200 3 2.5 10 3.7 3.4900 4/5 4 16 5.1 4.7600 6 5.5 10 6 6
250 10” 292000 3 2.5 16 3.3 3.11200 4/5 4 10 5.6 5.1900 6 5.5 10 6 6
300 12” 293000 2/3 2.3 10 2.6 −1200 5/6 5 5 6 5.5
1) Required signal pressure to open the disc 2) Disc in closed position; the differential pressure is restricted due to the valve version (see Table 1).
Table 4b ⋅ Permissible differential pressures for fail-safe position "Valve OPEN"
Nominal sizeShaft ∅ Type SRP Actuator Springs
n=Required signal
pressure 1)Differentialpressure 2)
Max. perm. supply pressure with shaftmm in St 50 1.4571
50 2” 14150 2 2.5 16 4.2 3.8100 3/4 4 16 6 5.5
65 21⁄2” 14220 2 2.5 16 2.8 2.6150 3/4 4 16 4.6 4.3100 5 5.5 16 6 6
80 3” 14220 2 2.5 16 2.8 2.6150 3/4 4 16 4.6 4.3100 5 5.5 5 6 6
100 4” 16300 2 2.5 10 3.2 2.9220 3 3.5 16 4.3 3.8150 5 5.5 10 6 6
125 5” 19450 2 2.5 16 3.3 3300 3/4 4 16 5.4 4.9220 5 5.5 16 6 6
150 6” 19600 2 2.5 10 2.8 2.6450 3/4 3.5 5 4 3.6300 5 5.5 10 6 5.6
200 8” 221200 2 2.3 10 3.4 3900 3/4 4 16 4.9 4.5600 5 5.5 16 6 6
250 10” 292000 2 2.5 16 3 2.71200 3/4 4 10 5.2 4.8900 5 5.5 10 6 6
300 12” 292000 2/3 3 10 3.2 −1200 5 5.5 10 5.7 −
1) Required signal pressure to close the disc 2) Disc in closed position; the differential pressure is restricted due to the valve version (see Table 1).
A differential pressure of at least 10 bar is necessary when a PTFE seat ring is used.
30 Data Sheet T 8220 EN 2004-02
Table 5 ⋅ Shaft, seating and unseating torques in Nm
Nominal size Perm. shaft torque (up to 20 °C; 68 °F)with material Seating and unseating torque at a differential pressure of
mm in St 50 1.4571 5 bar 1) 10 bar 16 bar
50 2” 91 79 28 29 29
65 21⁄2” 91 79 33 34 36
80 3” 91 79 39 44 47
100 4” 136 118 59 64 69
125 5” 228 198 83 98 98
150 6” 228 198 123 137 157
200 8” 355 480 206 235 275
250 10” 814 703 314 363 412
300 12” 814 703 441 530 589
1) When a PTFE seat ring is used, the higher torque in column "10 bar" applies for a differential pressure of 5 bar.
Table 6 ⋅ Dimensions and weights for Type 3335/BR 31a Butterfly Valve
Valve DN 50/2” 65/21⁄2” 80/3” 100/4” 125/5” 150/6” 200/8” 250/10” 300/12”
Length L mm 43 46 46 52 56 56 60 68 78
Shaft ∅d mm 14 14 14 16 19 19 22 29 29
B mm 65 75 83 98 109 133 157 187 277
A mm 108 122 132 152 152 173 211 229 308
Flange DIN 3337 F07 F07/F10 F07/F10 F07/F10 F10/F12 F10/F12 F12/F14 F14/F16 F14/F16
SW mm 17 17/22 17/22 17/22 22/27 22/27 27/36 36/46 36/46
C mm 60 60 60 60 60/80 60/80 80/90 90/120 90/120
Weight app. kg 2.8 3.5 4 6 7 8.5 14 21 40
Type SRP Rotary Actuator 100 150 220 300 450 600 900 1200 2000 3000
H3 mm 248 269 315 345 409 438 487 543 621 684
E mm 135 147 175 187 207 226 271 295 349 380
Connecting flangeDIN 3337 F07 F07 F10 F10 F12 F12 F14 F14 F16 F16
SW mm 17 17 22 22 27 27 36 36 46 46
Weight
Type SRP kg 4.5 6.5 10 13 18.5 24 32 46 65 103
Data Sheet T 8220 EN 2004-02 31
Ordering textDN ... PN ...Materials according to Table 2 for
BodyButterfly discSeat ring
Actuator Pfeiffer Type BR 31a or Type 3278
Supply pressure .... barFail-safe position Valve CLOSED or
Valve OPEN
Max. differential pressure ∆p0 in bar (closed position)Temperature of process medium °C or KVacuum service no/
yes ( ... mbarabs)Control valve accessories
Specifications subject to change without notice.
ACH3
EB
L
Fig. 4 ⋅ Dimension diagram for Type 3335/BR 31a Pneumatic Butterfly Valve
32 Data Sheet T 8220 EN 2004-02
ApplicationTight-closing, double eccentric butterfly valve with PTFE liningfor process engineering and plants with industrial requirements,especially suitable for corrosive process mediaNominal size DN 100 to DN 800Nominal pressure PN 10 Temperatures −10 °C to 200 °C
Lined Type BR 10a Butterfly Valve with a wafer style body with• Pneumatic actuator Valve body material• EN-JS1049 (formerly GGG 40.3) or • St 52-3 • Body with a 8 to 12 mm thick PTFE liningButterfly disc material• Stainless steel 1.4313, PTFE encapsulatedFurther features• Low breakaway torque and low amount of wear due to
double eccentric bearing design of the shaft• Disc can be replaced without having to remove the shaft• TA-Luft (German clean air act) equivalent certification
VersionsStandard version (Fig. 1) ⋅– Type BR 10a ⋅ PTFE-lined butterfly valve in sizes DN 100 to
800, PN 10, with pneumatic rotary actuator
Further versions– Manual actuator– Electric rotary actuator– Linings with special, e.g. conductive PTFE compounds– Conductive linings– Special stem seal for high vacuum– Lug type version (tapped holes)– Closure member made from special materials such as tita-
nium or Hastelloy– Extension for cryogenic applications down to −50 °C
Fig. 1 ⋅ Pfeiffer Type BR 10a Lined Butterfly Valve withType BR 30a Pneumatic Rotary Actuator
Lined Control and Shut-off Butterfly Valve
Pfeiffer Type BR 10a
Fig. 2 ⋅ Cutaway view of Pfeiffer Type BR 10a Butterfly Valve
Data Sheet T 9925 EN 2004-02 33
Principle of operation The process medium can flow through the butterfly valve ineither direction. The butterfly disc (3) determines the flowthrough the free area between disc and seat. The shaft (2) issealed from both sides by a V-ring packing (9). Butterfly valves are sealed between the butterfly disc (3) and theseat (4). The direction of flow and the differential pressuredetermine the breakaway torque to open the butterfly valve.The double eccentric bearing design of the shaft causes the discon opening and closing to remain in contact with seat only overa very small angle of rotation (see Fig. 4). This reduces wearand increases the service life of the valve. Additionally, itreduces the breakaway torque.When the process medium flows through the valve in direction"A" (Fig. 5), the butterfly disc is slightly lifted out of the seat froma certain differential pressure onwards. This reduces the brea-kaway torque. On calculating which actuator is required, in thiscase, select the breakaway torque for direction of flow "A" listedin Table 5. When the process medium flows through the valve in direction"B", the butterfly disc is pressed firmly into the seat as thedifferential pressure rises. A better tightness is achieved, how-ever, the breakaway torque also increases, as shown in Table5.
Fail-safe positionDepending on how the pneumatic rotary is attached to thebutterfly valve, the valve has two fail-safe positions whichbecome effective when the actuator is relieved of pressure orwhen the supply air fails:Valve CLOSED without supply air,the butterfly valve closes when the supply air fails.Valve OPEN without supply air,the butterfly valve opens when the supply air fails.
Pressure-temperature diagramThe operating pressures specified are limited by the pressure-temperature diagram. Should the effective values be above thelimit curve, please contact us for further advice.
2
10
9
3
6
4
1
9
10
Fig. 3 ⋅ Pfeiffer Type BR 10a PTFE-lined Butterfly Valve
Shaft
Spring washers
V-ring packing
Butterfly disc
Sealing element
PTFE lining
Body
V-ring packing
Spring washers
Fig. 4 ⋅ Opening phase of the butterfly disc
B A
Fig. 5 ⋅ Direction of flow "A" for throttling service or "B" for shut-off service
0
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
5
10
0 6020 40 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
p (bar)
DN 4
00–8
00
DN 2
00–3
00
DN 1
00–1
50
(˚C)
t
Fig. 6 ⋅ Pressure-temperature diagram
34 Data Sheet T 9925 EN 2004-02
Table 1 ⋅ Technical data
Nominal size DN 100 to DN 800
Nominal pressure PN 10
Connection Can be mounted between flanges PN 10 or ANSI Class 150
Rangeability 50 : 1
Temperature range See pressure-temperature diagram
Leakage
Leakage class acc. to DIN EN 1349 Direction of flow "B": VI ⋅ Direction of flow "A": IV (VI on request)
Sealing effectiveness to the outside <10-6 mbar ls
Table 2 ⋅ Materials
Nominal size DN 100 100 to 300 400 to 800
BodyWafer St 52-3 ⋅ 1.0570 EN-JL1049 ⋅ 0.7043
Lug type St 35-2 EN-JS1049 ⋅ 0.7043
Lining White PTFE
Butterfly disc Stainless steel 1.4313, PTFE encapsulated
Shaft 1.4313, PTFE encapsulated
Packing PTFE V-ring packing ⋅ Spring washer 1.8159 Delta Tone coated, maintenance-free
Table 3 ⋅ Kv values and associated opening angles
DNOpening angle
10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90°
100 7 24 48 79 120 161 211 232 240
150 21 70 140 231 350 469 616 679 700
200 42 139 278 459 695 931 1223 1348 1390
250 68 227 454 749 1135 1520 1998 2200 2270
300 100 334 668 1102 1670 2238 2939 3240 3340
400 183 610 1220 2013 3050 4087 5368 5917 6100
500 288 962 1924 3175 4810 6445 8465 9331 9620
600 415 1385 2771 4572 6926 9281 12177 13473 13853
800 737 2463 4925 8128 12314 16499 21674 23887 24627
Table 4 ⋅ Terms for control valve sizing and noise level calculation
Opening angle 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90°
FL 0.95 0.95 0.92 0.82 0.74 0.67 0.61 0.57 0.54
xT 0.75 0.75 0.73 0.57 0.47 0.38 0.31 0.28 0.25
xFz 0.35 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.17 0.15 0.13 0.12 0.11
Correction terms with liquids: ∆LF = 0Correction terms with gases and vapors: ∆LG = 0
Data Sheet T 9925 EN 2004-02 35
Selecting and sizing the butterfly valve1. Calculate the appropriate Kv value.2. Select the nominal size and the Kvs value acc. to Table 4.3. Select a suitable actuator according to Table 4.4. Select PTFE materials and pressure-temperature diagram.
Following details are required on ordering:Nominal size DN ....Nominal pressure PN ....Body material Acc. to Table 2Direction of flow "A", standard direction of flow
for throttling service "B", reverse direction of flow forshut-off service
Actuator Type ...Fail-safe position Valve CLOSED or OPENSupply air .... barOperating range Number of springsOperating pressure .... barTemperature of medium .... °CMedium dry or lubricating
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Table 5 ⋅ Maximum permissible torque Mdmax and breakaway torque Mdl in NmThe required torques specified are average values which were measured with water at 20 °C at the corresponding differentialpressures. Operating temperature, process medium and long operating times may affect the torques considerably.The closing torques is increased by 20 % when dry gas is used.
Permissible differential pressure (corresponds to the operating pressure) at
Direction of flow "A" Direction of flow "B"
DN TorqueMdmax
10 bar 1 bar 2 bar 3 bar 5 bar
Breakaway torque Mdl
100 198 40 40 44 48 55
150 594 83 95 108 120 145
200 1549 148 177 207 236 296
250 2816 231 288 346 404 520
300 3947 332 432 532 632 On request
400 5295 800 828 On request
500 9740 924 On request
600 10680 1300 On request
800 29896 On request
∆p0
∆p100 kvs
ϕ0
ϕ Opening angle
ϕ100
Nominal opening angle
ϕa Max.opening angle
Fig. 7 ⋅ Functional diagram with opening angles
36 Data Sheet T 9925 EN 2004-02
Table 6 ⋅ Dimensions in mm and weights
Nom. size DN 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 600 800
L (DIN 3202-3, R-K3) 64 76 89 114 114 140 152 178 241
A 131 163 206 264 287 344 425 488 598
B 112 153 195 226 280 324 391 478 584
C 164 228 283 340 388 588 687 780 1015
∅-F 35 70 85 100 100 130 130 200 200
SW Width across flats 12 16 20 24 24 32 34 45 56
∅-d 20 21 28 36 41 45 57 65 90
Connection F05 F10 F12 F14 F14 F16 F16 F25 F25
Weight approx. kg 7 16 24 40 55 100 170 On request On request
Note: Flange gaskets are required on installing the butterfly valve in the pipeline.Ø
F
A
SWØd
L
Ø D1
C
B
H
DF
Fig. 8 ⋅ Dimensional diagram ⋅ Actuator flange acc. to DIN/ISO 5211
SW
Square end
Table 7 ⋅ Type BR 31a-SRP Rotary Actuator ⋅ Dimensions in mm and weights
Rotary Actuator 150 220 300 450 600 900 1200 2000 3000 5000
D 269 315 345 409 438 487 543 621 684
Onrequest
H 147 175 187 207 226 271 295 349 380
F 123 141 152 172 187 204 222 262 330
Connecting flange acc. to DIN 3337
F07 F10 F10 F12 F12 F14 F14 F16 F16
Square end 17 22 22 27 27 36 36 46 46
Weight approx. kg 6.5 10 13 18.5 24 32 46 65 103
Table 8 ⋅ Mounting kit acc. to DIN/ISO 5211 for Type BR 31a Rotary Actuator ⋅ Dimensions in mm
Valve F05 F05 F07 F05 F07 F10 F05 F07 F10 F07 F10 F14 F10 F14
Actuator F05 F07 F07 F10 F10 F10 F12 F12 F12 F14 F14 F14 F16 F16
C mm 60 80 90 120
Data Sheet T 9925 EN 2004-02 37
ApplicationButterfly valve for use in process engineering and plants withindustrial requirementsNominal sizes DN 500 to 1000 ⋅ 20” to 40”Nominal pressures PN 6 to 16 ⋅ ANSI Class 150Temperatures −10 to 220 °C ⋅ 14 to 428 °F
The Type 3237 Butterfly Valve with• Type 3271 Pneumatic Actuator (Type 3237-1 Control Butter-
fly Valve, see T 8310 EN) or• Type 3277 Pneumatic Actuator (Type 3237-7 Control Butter-
fly Valve) for integral positioner attachmentValve body material • Cast steel or • Cast stainless steelButterfly disc style • Swing-through or• Step-seatedThe control valves can be equipped with various accessories:positioners, solenoid valves and other attachment devices ac-cording to IEC 60534-6 and NAMUR recommendation. Referto Information Sheet T 8350 EN for more details.
VersionsStandard version with swing-through disc for temperaturesfrom −10 to 220 °C (14 to 428 °F)– Type 3237-1 ⋅ Nominal sizes DN 500 to DN 1000 with
Type 3271 Actuator (see Data Sheet T 8310 EN)– Type 3237-7 ⋅ Nominal sizes DN 500 with Type 3277
Actuator (see Data Sheet T 8311 EN)
Further versions with– Step-seated butterfly disc– Nominal sizes DN 50 to ≤500 and >DN 1000 to 2000– Pressure ratings up to PN 160 or ANSI Class 900– Version for higher temperatures up to 450 °C (840 °F)– Extension for cryogenic applications for temperatures up to
−196 °C (−320 °F) as well as high temperatures up to1050 °C (1870 °F)
– Face-to-face dimensions acc. to DIN, EN 558-1 or API– Flanged valve body or flange-mounted (lug type) body as
well as body with welding ends– Additional handwheel– "TA-Luft" (German clean air act) packing with certification– Double packing with seal gas connection– Facing with groove– Heating jacket for process media which crystallize
Series 230
Pneumatic Butterfly Valve Type 3237-1 and Type 3237-7
Swing-through or step-seatedButterfly Valve Type 3237
Fig. 1 ⋅ Type 3237-1 Pneumatic Butterfly Valvewith positioner
Data Sheet T 8225 EN 2004-02 39
Principle of operationThe process medium flows through the valve. The flow coeffi-cient is determined by the opening angle of the disc. The shaftwith the attached disc is connected to the actuator over couplingelements. The shaft is sealed by a stuffing box.
Fail-safe positionDepending on the actuator version, the butterfly valve has twodifferent fail-safe positions which become effective when thepressure acting on the diaphragm is reduced or when supplyair fails:Butterfly valve CLOSED without supply air,the valve is closed when the supply air fails.Butterfly valve OPEN without supply air, the valve is opened when the supply air fails.
Notes to Tables 4 and 5The Kvs values specified apply to the nominal opening angle ϕ100 = 70°; in addition, the following applies:∆p0 Permissible differential pressure with the disc in closed
position (valve CLOSED)
∆p100 Permissible differential pressure with nominal opening angle ϕ100 = 70°(valve OPEN)
1. Body1.1 Internal bearing1.2 External bearing2 Disc3 Shaft4 Gland flange4.2 Packing5 Bracket5.1 Shaft with linkage6 Link rod6.1 Coupling and lock nut7 Stem connector between actuator
stem and link rod8 Pneumatic actuator8.1 Actuator stem8.2 Nut for item 8
Fig. 2 Type 3237-1 Pneumatic Butterfly Valve with Type 3237 Butterfly Valve and Type 3271 Actuator
p100
KVS
a100
p0
0
Fig. 3 ⋅ Swing-through butterfly valve
p100
KVS
a100
p0
0
Fig. 4 ⋅ Step-seated butterfly valve
40 Data Sheet T 8225 EN 2004-02
Table 1 ⋅ Technical data for Type 3237 Butterfly Valve
Nominal size DN 500 ... 1000
Nominal pressure PN 6 ... 16
Max. opening angle 70°
Temperature range °C −10 ... 220
Leakage rate with reference to the opening angle
Swing-through valve ≤ 0.5 % of the Kv value when ϕ = 90°
Step-seated valve ≤0.05 % of the Kv value when ϕ = 90°
Rangeability 50 : 1
Table 2 ⋅ Materials (material number according to EN DIN ⋅ Former material number in parentheses)
Body anddisc
Cast steel1.0619 (GS-C25)
or P265GH
Stainless cast steel1.4581
or 1.4571
Shaft 1.4542
Tapered pins 1.4057 1.4571
External bearing PTFE compound bearing
Packing PTFE
Packing follower EN-JL1040 (GG-25) 1.4552
Bracket EN-JS1049 (GGG-40.3)
Terms for control valve sizing and noise level calculation
Table 3a ⋅ Kv values
DN Opening angle
mm in 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90°
500 20” 180 660 1300 2300 3800 6000 8700 12000 13300
600 24” 270 990 2000 3500 5600 8800 13000 18000 19600
700 28” 380 1360 2700 4600 7600 12000 17500 24000 26000
800 32” 500 1770 3550 6100 9900 15700 22800 31400 35000
900 36” 610 2240 4500 7800 12700 20000 28800 40000 45000
1000 40” 790 2770 5500 9500 15800 24500 35600 49000 56000
Table 3b ⋅ Cv values
DN Opening angle
mm in 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90°
500 20” 210 772 1521 2691 4446 7020 10 179 14 040 15 561
600 24” 315 1158 2340 4095 6552 10 296 15 210 21 060 22 932
700 28” 444 1591 3159 5382 8892 14 040 20 475 28 080 30 420
800 32” 585 2070 4153 7137 11 583 18 369 26 676 36 738 40 950
900 36” 713 2620 5265 9126 14 859 23 400 33 696 46 800 52 650
1000 40” 924 3240 6435 11 115 18 486 28 665 41 652 57 330 65 520
Table 3c ⋅ Coefficients for noise level calculation
Opening angle 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90°
FL 0.95 0.95 0.90 0.83 0.73 0.65 0.58 0.53 0.50
xT 0.75 0.75 0.68 0.58 0.46 0.36 0.29 0.24 0.21
xFz 0.35 0.28 0.24 0.20 0.17 0.14 0.11 0.09 0.09
Data Sheet T 8225 EN 2004-02 41
Permissible differential pressures
Table 4a ⋅ Fail-safe position "valve CLOSED"
DNShaft ∅in mm
Diaphragmarea in
cm2
Benchrange
Operatingrange70 °
Requiredsupply
pressureto keep
disc open
Max.perm. supply pressure at
Disc1.0619/P265GH
Disc1.4571/1.4581
mm in 20 °C68 °F
220 °C428 °F ∆p0
1) ∆p100 ∆p01) ∆p100
500 20”25 700 1.3 ... 1.8 1.3 ...2.0 2.9 3.7 3.3 2.4 0.2 1.5 0.16
40 1400 0.85...1.8 0.85...2.1 2.9 3.3 3.1 6.1 0.9 3.8 0.45
600 24” 40 1400 0.85...1.8 0.85...2.1 2.9 3.3 3.1 4.2 0.5 2.7 0.26
700 28” 40 1400 0.85...1.8 0.85...2.1 2.9 3.3 3.1 3.1 0.33 1.9 0.17
800 32” 40 1400 0.85...1.8 0.85...2.1 2.9 3.3 3.1 2.4 0.22 1.5 0.11
900 36” 40 1400 0.85...1.8 0.85...2.1 2.9 3.3 3.1 1.9 0.16 1.2 0.08
Table 4b ⋅ Fail-safe position "valve OPEN"
DNShaft ∅in mm
Diaphragmarea in
cm2
Benchrange
Operatingrange70 °
Required supply
pressureto close
disc
Max. perm.supply pressure at
Disc1.0619/P265GH
Disc1.4571/1.4581
mm in 20 °C68 °F
220 °C428 °F ∆p0
1) ∆p100 ∆p01) ∆p100
500 20”25 700 1.3 ... 1.8 1.3 ... 2.0 2.9 3.7 3.3 2.4 0.2 1.5 0.16
40 1400 0.7 ... 1.4 0.7 ... 1.6 2.4 3 2.8 6.1 0.9 3.8 0.45
600 24” 40 1400 0.7 ... 1.4 0.7 ... 1.6 2.4 3 2.8 4.2 0.5 2.7 0.26
700 28” 40 1400 0.7 ... 1.4 0.7 ... 1.6 2.4 3 2.8 3.1 0.33 1.9 0,17
800 32” 40 1400 0.7 ... 1.4 0,7 ... 1.6 2.4 3 2.8 2.4 0.22 1.5 0.11
900 36” 40 1400 0.7 ... 1.4 0.7 ... 1.6 2.4 3 2.8 1.9 0.16 1.2 0.08
Actuators for a shaft with a 60 mm diameter available on request1) The pressure specified must be halved for step-seated valves.
Table 5 ⋅ Permissible shaft, breakaway and dynamic torques in Nm
Perm. shaft torque at Breakaway torque MdLos at ∆p0 Dynamic torque at ∆p100
DN Shaft 1.4542 Disc1.0619/P256GH
Disc1.4571/1.4581
Disc1.0619/P256GH
Disc1.4571/1.4581
mm in Shaft ∅in mm
20 °C68 °F
220 °C428 °F MdLos ∆p0 MdLos ∆p0 MdDyn ∆p100 MdDyn ∆p100
500 20”25 502 436 160 2.4 115 1.5 160 0.2 115 0.16
40 2244 1952 600 6.1 410 3.8 600 0.9 410 0.45
600 24”40 2244 1952 580 4.2 410 2.7 580 0.5 410 0.26
60 8712 7579 1910 9.7 1260 6.5 1910 1.8 1260 0.91
700 28”40 2244 1952 600 3.1 410 1.9 600 0.33 410 0.17
60 8712 7579 1910 7 1260 4.4 1910 1.14 1260 0.57
800 32”40 2244 1952 600 2.4 410 1.5 600 0.22 410 0.11
60 8712 7579 1910 5.3 1260 3.4 1910 0.76 1260 0.38
900 36”40 2244 1952 600 1.9 410 1.2 600 0.16 410 0.08
60 8712 7579 1910 4.2 1260 2.7 1910 0.54 1260 0.27
1000 40” 60 8712 7579 1910 3.5 1260 2.2 1910 0.39 1260 0.2
The pressure specified must be halved for step-seated valves.
42 Data Sheet T 8225 EN 2004-02
Table 6 ⋅ Dimensions in mm and weights for Type 3237-1 ⋅ Version without handwheel
DN Actuatorcm2 A B C ∅-Di E H 6 H 5 H 2 ∅-W Weight
apprx. kg 1)mm in
500 20700 70 335 595 480 67 75 75 275 25 103
1400 100 335 640 480 102 115 127.5 471 40 200
600 24 1400 100 395 690 580 102 115 127.5 471 40 265
700 28 1400 100 460 740 680 102 115 127.5 471 40 295
800 32 1400 100 510 790 780 102 115 127.5 471 40 325
900 36 1400 100 560 880 880 102 115 127.5 471 40 410
1) Weight without actuator
Actuator cm2 700 1400
Diaphragm ∅ D mm 390 530
Height H mm 134 197
Ø d (thread) mm 30 (M 30 x 1.5) 60 (M 60 x 1.5)
Weight kg 22 70
Connection a G 3⁄8 G 3⁄4
Fig. 5 ⋅ Dimension diagram for Type 3237-1 Butterfly Valve
Data Sheet T 8225 EN 2004-02 43
Selection and sizing the control valve1. Calculate the appropriate Kv value2. Select the nominal size and Kvs value according to
Tables 4 or 53. Determine the permissible differential pressures ∆p0 and
∆p100
Select the appropriate actuator from Tables 4 or 54. Select materials, pressure and temperature from Tables 1
and 2 and from the pressure-temperature diagram5. Select accessories
Ordering textDN ... PN ...Butterfly valve Swing-through or step-seatedBody material According to Table 2Fail-safe position Valve OPEN or valve CLOSEDProcess medium Density in kg/m3 and temperature in °CFlow rate in kg/h or m3/h
under standard and operating conditionsPressure p1 in bar (absolute pressure pabs)
p2 in bar (absolute pressure pabs)at minimum, standard and maximum flow rate
Accessories Pneumatic or electropneumatic positioner and/or limit switches
Specifications subject to change without notice.
44 Data Sheet T 8225 EN 2004-02
Pneumatic Control and Shut-off Butterfly Valve
Type LTR 43
ApplicationTight-closing, triple eccentric high-pressure butterfly valve forprocess engineering and plants with industrial requirementsNominal size 3” to 80” ⋅ DN 80 to 2000Nominal pressure ANSI Class 150 to 2500 ⋅ PN 10 to 400Temperatures −196 to 1000 °C
Triple eccentric Type LTR 43 Control and Shut-off Butterfly Valvewith zero leakage designed for bi-directional service at full dif-ferential pressure.Valve body material• Carbon steel• Stainless steel• Special materialsValve styles• Wafer• Lug type (valve for dead-end service)• Double flange• Welding endsSeat ring material• 316 stainless steel/graphite laminated seal• 316 stainless steel stellited• Filled PTFE• Special materialsThe butterfly valves can be equipped with various actuators,positioners, solenoid valves as well as other accessories.
VersionsStandard version– Type LTR 43 ⋅ Wafer-style butterfly valve conforming to
API 609 and DIN specifications
Other versions– Lug type body conforming to API 609 and DIN specifications– Double flanged valve body according to BS 5155/ISO 5752
specifications– Face-to-dimensions according to ANSI B 16.10 and DIN– Fire-safe design conforming to BS 6755 Part 2, API 607 and
API 6FA– Cryogenic version down to −196 °C– High-temperature version up to +1000 °C– Alternative materials for valve body and internal parts:
Duplex, bronze, Monel, Incoloy, Hastelloy B and C, titaniumand zirconium
Fig. 1 ⋅ Type LTR 43 High-pressure Butterfly Valve indouble flange version, size 10”, ANSI Class 1500with pneumatic actuator and positioner
Fig. 2 ⋅ Tight-closing Type LTR 43 Butterfly Valve, lug type,metal sealing with manual gear
Data Sheet T 9923 EN 2004-03 45
Principle of operationThe process medium can flow through the butterfly valve in bothdirections. The valve flow coefficient depends on the openingangle of the disc and the area released between the disc andvalve body.The valve is sealed by a metal/graphite laminated seal stack(seat) inserted in between the body and the metal disc edge(LTR 43-1) or by the metal seat ring screwed onto the disc(LTR 43-2). The seat adapts itself to the disc or seat ring. Thefriction forces are minimized by the triple eccentric design of thedisc and shaft.
Fail-safe positionPneumatic rotary actuators have two fail-safe positions whichbecome effective when the actuator is relieved of pressure aswell as when the supply air fails:Valve CLOSED without supply airThe butterfly valve closes when the supply air fails.Valve OPEN without supply airThe butterfly valve opens when the supply air fails.
Fig. 3 ⋅ Disc geometry of Type LTR 43
Table 1 ⋅ Technical data
Nominal size 3”to 80” ⋅ DN 80 to DN 2000
Nominal pressure ANSI Class 150 to 2500 ⋅ PN 10 to 420
Body style Wafer ⋅ Lug type ⋅ Double flange
Face-to-face dimensions According to API, ANSI or DIN
Seat Metal/graphite laminated seal Stellited PTFE
Characteristics
Opening angle max. 80° (90°)
Rangeability >50 : 1
Permissible operating pressures See pressure-temperature diagram
Temperature range −196 to 1000 °C −196 to 1000 °C −196 to 220 °C
Leakage acc. to DIN EN 12266-1 Test P12, leakage rate “A”
Fig. 5 ⋅ Type LTR with seat ring screwed onto the disc
Fig. 4 ⋅ Type LTR with solid disc
46 Data Sheet T 9923 EN 2004-03
Table 2 • Materials
Version ANSI DIN
Body ASTM A 216 WCB ⋅ A 351 CF8M 1.0619 ⋅ 1.4408
Disc ASTM A 216 WCB ⋅ A 351 CF8M
Shaft 17-4PH
Seat ring (for LTR 43-2 see Fig. 5) 316 SS ⋅ 316 SS with hard facing
Seat Metal/graphite laminated seal ⋅ Stellited ⋅ PTFE
Bonnet and clamp ring Carbon steel or 316 SS
Packing gland 316 SS
Bearing (two-piece) Bronze ⋅ 316 SS with hard facing ⋅ Stellite
Packing Graphite ⋅ PTFE
Table 3 • KV values • Determining of CV value: CV = KV * 1.17Table 3a • Type LTR 43 for ANSI 150 / PN 25
ANSI 150 / PN 25
Nominal size Opening angle
in mm 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80°
3” 80 13 29 46 69 103 157 193 223
4” 100 20 43 67 102 150 228 308 356
6” 150 48 103 160 243 360 551 741 860
8” 200 85 183 284 434 641 979 1321 1530
10” 250 135 292 452 691 1022 1568 2100 2427
12” 300 197 424 657 1005 1488 2280 3058 3534
14” 350 265 572 887 1356 2005 3069 4124 4770
16” 400 352 760 1180 1803 2669 4085 5486 6341
18” 450 458 987 1537 2348 3478 5349 7177 8295
20” 500 555 1195 1853 2832 4192 6422 8617 9961
24” 600 810 1747 2708 4139 6126 9386 12593 14559
28” 700 1099 2369 3674 5614 8309 12730 17082 19741
32” 800 1449 3125 4845 7403 10957 16787 22525 26035
36” 900 1848 3981 6170 9429 13956 21375 28685 33155
40” 1000 2275 4902 7605 11619 17195 25175 35345 40850
48” 1200 3278 7068 10963 17148 24790 36043 50963 58900
Table 3b • Type LTR 43 for ANSI 300 / PN 50
ANSI 300 / PN 50
Nominal size Opening angle
in mm 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80°
3” 80 12 27 43 64 96 146 179 208
4” 100 19 40 62 95 140 212 286 331
6” 150 45 96 149 226 335 512 689 800
8” 200 79 170 264 404 596 910 1229 1422
10” 250 126 272 420 643 950 1458 1953 2257
12” 300 183 394 611 935 1384 2120 2844 3287
14” 350 246 532 825 1261 1865 2854 3835 4436
Data Sheet T 9923 EN 2004-03 47
ANSI 300 / PN 50
Nominal size Opening angle
in mm 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80°
16” 400 327 707 1097 1677 2482 3799 5102 5897
18” 450 426 918 1429 2184 3235 4975 6675 7715
20” 500 516 1111 1723 2634 3899 5972 8014 9264
24” 600 753 1625 2518 3849 5697 8729 11711 13540
28” 700 1022 2203 3417 5221 7727 11839 15886 18359
32” 800 1348 2906 4506 6885 10190 15612 20948 24212
36” 900 1719 3702 5738 8769 12979 19879 26677 30834
40” 1000 2116 4559 7073 10806 15991 23413 32871 37991
48” 1200 3049 6573 10196 15948 23055 33520 47396 54777
Table 3c • Type LTR 43 for ANSI 600 / PN 100
ANSI 600 / PN 100
Nominal size Opening angle
in mm 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80°
3” 80 11 23 37 56 83 127 156 181
4” 100 16 35 54 83 122 185 249 289
6” 150 39 83 130 197 292 446 600 696
8” 200 69 148 230 352 519 793 1070 1239
10” 250 109 237 366 560 828 1270 1701 1966
12” 300 160 343 532 814 1205 1847 2477 2863
14” 350 215 463 718 1098 1624 2486 3340 3864
16” 400 285 616 956 1460 2162 3309 4444 5136
18” 450 371 799 1245 1902 2817 4333 5813 6719
20” 500 450 968 1501 2294 3396 5202 6980 8068
24” 600 656 1415 2793 3353 4962 7603 10200 11793
Table 3d • Type LTR 43 for ANSI 900 / PN 160
ANSI 900 / PN 160
Nominal size Opening angle
in mm 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80°
3” 80 8 19 29 44 66 100 124 143
4” 100 13 28 43 65 96 146 197 228
6” 150 31 66 102 156 230 353 474 550
8” 200 54 117 182 278 410 627 845 979
10” 250 86 187 289 442 654 1004 1344 1553
12” 300 126 271 420 643 952 1459 1957 2262
14” 350 170 366 568 868 1283 1964 2639 3053
16” 400 225 486 755 1154 1708 2614 3511 4058
18” 450 293 632 984 1503 2226 3423 4593 5309
20” 500 355 765 1186 1812 2683 4110 5515 6375
24” 600 518 1118 1733 2649 3921 6007 8060 9318
48 Data Sheet T 9923 EN 2004-03
Table 4a • Terms for control valve sizing
Opening angle 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90°
FL 0.75 0.74 0.65 0.65 0.60 0.55 0.55
xT 0.50 0.40 0.35 0.35 0.30 0.25 0.25
Table 4b • xFz values
Opening angle 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90°
xFz 0.30 0.27 0.25 0.20 0.15 0.12 0.10
Table 4c • Pressure and temperature ranges for valve body made of 1.4408 • Pressures in bar
ANSI
Temperature in °C
0...20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 120 140 160 180 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Cl. 150 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 18 18 17 16 16 15 15 15
Cl. 300 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 38 37 36 35 33 32 31 30 30
Cl. 600 100 97 95 93 91 89 87 85 83 81 79 77 75 73 70 67 65 63 62 61
Data apply to ANSI Class 900 to 2500, others materials and temperatures over 500 °C available on request.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
0° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80°
%
Fig. 6 ⋅ Flow characteristics Fig. 7 ⋅ Disc with hard-faced seat ring
Data Sheet T 9923 EN 2004-03 49
Table 5 • Torques in Nm
Nominal size ∆p in bar
in mm 10 20 50 100
3” 80 70 80 115 215
4” 100 105 125 210 385
6” 150 240 300 525 990
8” 200 450 570 1040 2225
10” 250 735 950 1990 3830
12” 300 1050 1370 3125 7100
14” 350 1575 2150 4600 9670
16” 400 2150 3000 6950 15450
18” 450 2800 4000 8750 21900
20” 500 3750 5500 13000 31500
24” 600 5200 8000 20750 53830
30” 750 9500 14450 44000 110000
32” 800 10810 16470 50420 126000
36” 900 14500 22700 63750 173500
40” 1000 18100 28100 78750 214300
Fig. 8 ⋅ Dimensional diagrams for wafer style body and lug type body
50 Data Sheet T 9923 EN 2004-03
Fig. 9 ⋅ Dimensional diagram for double-flanged body
Table 6 ⋅ Dimensions in mm for Type LTR 43
Nominalsize
in 3” 4” 6” 8” 10” 12” 14” 16” 18” 20” 24” 28” 30” 32” 36” 40” 48”
mm 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 750 800 900 1000 1200
ANSI Class 150 / PN 25
A mm 120 150 190 220 250 290 320 350 375 415 450 515 580 590 640 700 800
B mm 125 160 200 235 265 305 330 360 400 450 480 535 610 620 670 730 840
L mm 48 54 57 64 71 81 92 102 114 127 154 165 165 190 200 216 276
LF mm 114 127 140 152 165 178 190 216 222 229 267 292 318 318 330 410 480
ANSI Class 300 / PN 50
A mm 125 160 200 235 260 300 325 365 400 450 520 580 600 630 700 720 820
B mm 135 165 210 240 270 310 335 370 410 460 540 610 630 660 730 740 860
L mm 48 54 59 73 83 92 117 133 149 159 181 209 241 241 260 300 320
LF mm 114 127 140 152 165 178 190 216 222 229 267 292 318 318 330 410 470
ANSI Class 600 / PN 100
A mm 130 175 225 265 310 335 375 410 440 485 550 580 620 660 720
On requestB mm 135 180 235 275 320 340 385 420 450 490 610 640 670 700 740
L mm 54 64 78 102 117 140 155 178 200 216 232 292 318 318 330
LF mm 180 190 210 230 250 270 290 310 330 350 390 450 480 510 540
ANSI Class 900 / PN 160
A mm 135 215 265 300 350 380 395 425 460 500 590
Larger valve sizeson request
B mm 140 225 280 310 375 400 415 440 480 530 630
L mm 64 80 104 112 135 170 190 202 230 252 312
LF mm 210 235 250 310 350 380 400 430 460 490 530
ANSI Class 1500 / PN 250
A mm 310 360 390 430 480 490 540 650
Larger valve sizes as well as ANSI Class 2500 on requestB mm 320 385 430 470 510 530 580 680
L mm 130 160 190 220 260 300 330 385
LF mm 420 460 500 570 610 660 710 790
Data Sheet T 9923 EN 2004-03 51
Options
Ordering text and valve specifications
Butterfly Valve Type LTR 43-1−
W−
1 2 1−
1 1 1−
DN ...−
PN ...
Specification-> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 Valve typeLTR 43-1 Solid discLTR 43-2 Seat ring screwed onto the disc
2 Valve body styleW WaferL Lug type for dead-end serviceF Double flange
3 Body material1 A 216 WCB / 1.0619*2 A 351 CF8M / 1.4408*
4 Disc material1 A 216 WCB / 1.0619
(seat ring for LTR 43-2 in 1.4541)*2 A 351 CF8M / 1.4408*
5 Seat material1 Metal/graphite laminated seal2 Stellited3 PTFE
6 Shaft material1 17-4PH*2 1.4571*3 1.4571 hard chromed*4 1.4571 stellited*
7 Shaft bearing1 Bronze2 316 SS with hard facing3 Stellite
* or equivalent material
8 Packing1 Graphite2 PTFE3 Graphite/graphite
(live-loaded with purge port)4 PTFE/PTFE
(live-loaded with purge port)9 Nominal size
DN …10 Nominal pressure
Mating flange, PN …
Actuator Single- or double-actingFail-safe position Valve OPEN or(single-acting only) valve CLOSEDSupply air … barPressure drop … barTemperature … °CAccessories Positioner, limit switch,
solenoid valve
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Fig. 11 ⋅ Extension for cryogenic or high temperature applicationsFig. 10 ⋅ TA-Luft packing
52 Data Sheet T 9923 EN 2004-03
ApplicationControl valve for process engineering and plants with industrialrequirementsValve sizes 1” to 10”Pressure rating ANSI Class 150 and 300Temperatures −46 °C to 427 °C (−51 °F to +800 °F)
Type 3310 Segmented Ball Valve with• Single-acting Type BR 31a-SRP Pneumatic Rotary Actuator• Double-acting Type BR 31a-DAP Pneumatic Rotary Actuator• Single-acting Type 3278 Pneumatic Rotary ActuatorValve body material• Carbon steel• Stainless carbon steelSegmented ball with• Soft sealing or• Metal sealing.The control valves can be optionally equipped with variousaccessories:Positioners, solenoid valves and other accessories according toVDI/VDE 3845 to Type SRP/DAP and Type 3278 RotaryActuators.Direct attachment of SAMSON control valve accessories toType 3278 Rotary Actuator.
VersionsStandard version for temperatures from −29 to 220 °C(−20 to 430 °F), valve sizes 1” to 10”– Type 3310-SRP with single-acting Type BR 31a-SRP Pneu-
matic Rotary Actuator,– Type 3310/3278 with single-acting Type 3278 Pneumatic
Rotary Actuator (see Data Sheet T 8321 EN).
Further versions– Type 3310 ⋅ With DIN flanges– Type 3310 ⋅ With double packing, with or without leak-off
connection– Type 3310 ⋅ With insulating section for medium tempera-
tures −46 to 220 °C (−51 to 428 °F) with stainless carbonsteel
– Type 3310 ⋅ With insulating section and graphite packingfor medium temperatures −29 to 427 °C (−20 to 800 °F),max. 400 °C for carbon steel version acc. to DIN
– Type 3310 ⋅ With reduced KVS value using upstream ordownstream reducers
– Type 3310 ⋅ With adapter flanges– Type 3310-DAP ⋅ Valve sizes 1” to 10” with double-acting
Type BR 31a-DAP Pneumatic Rotary Actuator
– Type 3310 ⋅ With pneumatic rotary actuator and additionalmanual override
– Type 3310 ⋅ With handwheel– Type 3310 ⋅ With heating jacket
Pneumatic Segmented Ball Valve
Type 3310/BR 31a and Type 3310/3278
Fig. 1 ⋅ Type 3310 Segmented Ball Valve withType BR 31a Pneumatic Rotary Actuator
Fig. 2 ⋅ Cutaway view of Type 3310 Segmented Ball Valve with Type BR 31a Pneumatic Rotary Actuator and
positioner
Data Sheet T 8222 EN 2004-03 53
Principle of operationIn the segmented ball valve the medium flows into the convexface of the ball. When the valve is closed, the pressure acts onthe convex side of the ball. The flow coefficient is determinedby the opening angle of the ball.To reduce the wear on the body on using abrasive media, thedirection of flow can be reversed.
Fail-safe positionWith the Type SRP and Type 3278 Rotary Actuator the controlvalve has two fail-safe positions which become effective whenthe pressure acting on the piston or diaphragm is reduced aswell as when the supply air fails: Control valve CLOSED without supply airThe segmented ball valve is closed when the supply air fails. Control valve OPEN without supply airThe segmented ball valve is opened when the supply air fails. The Type DAP Rotary Actuator has no springs. A defined finalposition is not reached when the supply air fails.
Selection of the flow characteristicThe design of the segmented ball allows the same valve to beused with two different types of flow characteristic:Equal percentage (standard)The actuator turns clockwise (right turning) to close the valve,looking from the actuator towards the valve.LinearThe converted actuator turns counterclockwise (left turning) toclose the valve, looking from the actuator towards the valve.
2 Retainer2.1 Gasket3 Segmented ball4 Bottom flange5 Support
Fig. 2 ⋅ Type 3310 Segmented Ball Valve
2
2.1
3
4
5
Fig. 4 ⋅ Insulating section for Type 3310 Segmented BallValve
54 Data Sheet T 8222 EN 2004-03
Table 1 ⋅ Technical data
Valve size 1” to 10”
Pressure rating Class 150/300
Type of connection Flanges in accordance with ANSI B 16.5 ⋅ DIN/ISO version on request
Seat ring Soft sealing: PTFE, reinforcedMetal sealing: Stainless steel, hardened
Flow characteristic Linear or equal percentage
Max. opening angle 90° ⋅ 70° for reverse flow in throttling service
Rangeability ≥ 100 : 1
Overall length DIN EN 558-2 Series 36
Temperature range Standard version −29 to 220 °C (−20 to 428 °F)Version with insulating section Down to −46 °C (−51 °F) with stainless carbon steelInsulating section and HT packing Up to 427 °C (800 °F),
max. 400 °C for carbon steel version with DIN flanges
Leakage rate according to DIN EN 1349
Soft sealing VI
Metal sealing IV
Table 2 ⋅ Materials for standard version
Body A 216 WCB ⋅ A 216 WCC A 351 CF8M
Segmented ball 316 L, hardened
Shaft 316 Ti
Plain bearing 304 / PTFE
Packing 1” to 6”: V-ring packing PTFE with carbon ⋅ Spring: 301
8” to 10”: PTFE-compound silk cord ⋅ Spring: 301
Bottom flange 1” to 3”: 316L4” to 10”: A 105 316 L
Opening angles and associated flow coefficients Table 3a ⋅ Cv values for modified linear characteristic
Opening angle
Size 5° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 55° 1) 60° 70° 80° 90°
1” 0.35 1 3.4 7 11.5 17.3 20 24.5 32.3 38 40
11⁄2” 1 3 10 21 35 52 60 74 97 114 120
2” 1.4 4 13.6 28 46 69 80 98 129 152 160
3” 3.6 10 34 70 115 173 200 245 323 381 400
4” 6.3 18 60 123 201 302 350 429 565 666 700
6” 13 35 119 245 402 605 700 858 1130 1333 1400
8” 18 50 170 350 574 864 1000 1226 1614 1904 2000
10” 28 78 264 543 890 1339 1550 1900 2502 2951 3100
Table 3b ⋅ Cv values for modified equal percentage characteristic (standard)
Opening angle
Size 5° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 55° 1) 60° 70° 80° 90°
1” 0.08 0.16 1.3 3.3 6.3 10.7 14 16.3 23 32 40
11⁄2” 0.25 0.5 4 10 19 32 42 49 69 95 120
2” 0.3 0.6 5 13 25 42 56 65 92 126 160
3” 0.8 1.6 12 32 62 106 140 162 231 316 400
4” 1.4 2.8 22 56 109 186 245 284 405 553 700
6” 2.8 5.6 43 112 218 371 490 567 809 1106 1400
8” 4.0 8.0 62 160 312 530 700 810 1156 1580 2000
10” 6.2 12 96 248 484 822 1085 1256 1792 2449 3100
1) Cv value can only be lowered by reducing the opening angle to 55° in conjunction with a positioner (cam disc).
Data Sheet T 8222 EN 2004-03 55
Terms for control valve sizing and noise level calculationTable 4a ⋅ Modified linear characteristic
Opening angle
5° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 55° 1) 60° 70° 80° 90°
FL 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.94 0.87 0.81 0.77 0.73 0.65 0.59 0.57
xT 0.78 0.78 0.78 0.76 0.65 0.56 0.51 0.46 0.36 0.30 0.27
xFz 0.39 0.35 0.28 0.23 0.20 0.17 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.09
Table 4b ⋅ Modified equal percentage characteristic
Opening angle
5° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 55° 1) 60° 70° 80° 90°
FL 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.90 0.86 0.82 0.75 0.66 0.57
xT 0.78 0.78 0.78 0.78 0.78 0.69 0.62 0.58 0.49 0.38 0.27
xFz 0.44 0.39 0.33 0.29 0.24 0.21 0.19 0.18 0.15 0.12 0.09
1) Cv value can only be lowered by reducing the opening angle to 55° in conjunction with a positioner (cam disc).
Permissible differential pressures for Type 3310 Segmented Ball Valve with valve position CLOSED ⋅ All pressures in bar• Depending on the valve sizing (cavitation, flashing, gas development), the differential pressure for the open position must be limited.• Maximum exit velocity for liquids is 4 m/s. If cavitation exists, the maximum exit velocity must not exceed 2 m/s in the individual
operating points. • Maximum exit velocity for gases is 0.3 Mach.
Table 5a ⋅ Permissible differential pressures in CLOSED position for both fail-safe actions with Type BR 31a-SRP Rotary Actuator
Size CvShaft ∅in mm
ActuatorType SRP ...
Number ofsprings
Requiredsupply
pressure
Max. supply pressure at ∆p with PTFE or metal sealing
20 °C(71 °F)
220 °C(430 °F)
For standardflow
For reverseflow 1)
1” 40 1660
2/3 2.56
5.5 15 10
4 46
20 20
30 5/6 5.5 17 12
11⁄2” 120 16100 2/3 2.5 4.5 4 20 17
604 4
6 620 19
5/6 5.5 20 20
2” 160 16150 2/3 2.5 5.5 5 20 20
100 4 46 6
20 20
60 5/6 5.5 20 20
3” 400 16220 2/3 2.5 3.8 3.5 20 20
150 4 46
5.5 20 20
100 5/6 5.5 6 20 18
4” 700 25450 2/3 2.5
6 617 15
300 4 4 18 16
220 5/6 5.5 20 19
6” 1400 25600
3 3 5.5 5 12 10
4 46
5.5 20 20
4505/6 5.5 6
20 20
300 5 −
8” 2000 361200
2/3 2.5 5 4.5 10 5
4 4 5.5 5 20 20
900 5/6 5.5 6 6 20 20
10” 3100 361200
4 4 5.5 5 10 6
5/6 5.5 65.5 19 16
900 6 7 5
1) The permissible opening angle in throttling service is reduced to 70° with a reverse flow.
56 Data Sheet T 8222 EN 2004-03
Table 5b ⋅ Permissible differential pressures in CLOSED position for both fail-safe actions with Type 3278 Rotary Actuator
Size CvShaft ∅in mm
Diaphragmarea in
cm2
Benchrange 2)
Requiredsupply pressure
Max. supply pressure at ∆p with PTFE or metal sealing
20 °C(71 °F)
220 °C(430 °F)
For standardflow
For reverseflow 1)
1” 40 16 1600.5 ... 1.0 1.5 2.5 2 17 12
0.8 ... 1.6 2.4 3 2.6 20 20
11⁄2” 120 16 1600.5 ... 1.0 1.5 2.5 2 10 −
0.8 ... 1.6 2.4 3 2.6 20 20
2” 160 16 160 0.8 ... 1.6 2.5 4.5 4.1 20 20
3” 400 16 1601.2 ... 2.4 3.7 5.2 4.7 7 −
1.7 ... 3.4 5.1 5.8 5.4 20 20
4” 700 25 3200.8 ... 1.6 2.4 4.8 4.4 9 4
1.2 ... 2.4 3.6 5.4 5 20 20
6” 1400 25 320 1.7 ... 3.4 5.1 6 5.6 12 10
1) The permissible opening angle in throttling service is reduced to 70° with a reverse flow.2) Only applies to standard flow.
Permissible shaft torques and opening torques
Table 6a ⋅ Square-ended shaft (e.g. Type BR 31a-SAP/DAP Actuator)
Opening torques in Nm for PTFE or metal sealing for
SizePerm. shaft torque in Nm at Standard flow at ∆p Reverse flow1) at ∆p
20 °C(71 °F)
220 °C(430 °F)
5 bar 10 bar 15 bar 20 bar 5 bar 10 bar 15 bar 20 bar
1” 70 54 9 9 11 13 10 11 13 15
11⁄2” 70 54 12 12 14 16 13 14 16 18
2” 125 110 14 14 16 18 15 16 18 20
3” 125 110 29 31 33 35 32 34 36 38
4” 500 440 60 65 76 87 65 70 81 92
6” 500 440 115 125 145 165 125 135 155 175
8” 860 750 190 210 255 300 210 230 275 320
10” 860 750 300 340 410 480 330 370 440 510
Table 6b ⋅ Shaft with feather key end (e.g. Type 3278 Actuator)
Opening torques in Nm for PTFE or metal sealing for
SizePerm. shaft torque in Nm at Standard flow at ∆p Reverse flow1) at ∆p
20 °C(71 °F)
220 °C(430 °F)
5 bar 10 bar 15 bar 20 bar 5 bar 10 bar 15 bar 20 bar
1” 70 54 9 9 11 13 10 11 13 15
11⁄2” 70 54 12 12 14 16 13 14 16 18
2” 125 110 14 14 16 18 15 16 18 20
3” 125 110 29 31 33 35 32 34 36 38
4” 500 440 60 65 76 87 65 70 81 92
6” 500 440 115 125 145 165 125 135 155 175
1) The permissible opening angle in throttling service is reduced to 70° with a reverse flow.
Data Sheet T 8222 EN 2004-03 57
Table 7 ⋅ Dimensions in mm and weights in kg
Valve Size 1” 11⁄2” 2” 3” 4” 6” 8” 10”
L - Installation lengthacc. to ISA S75.04
mm 102 114 124 165 194 229 243 297
d - Shaft ∅ mm 16 16 16 16 25 25 36 36
A mm 107 117 126 145 170 206 254 281
B mm 72 82 100 120 140 175 205 230
Flange connecting yoke See actuators
SW (standard shaft) mm 12 12 12 12 19 19 27 27
Shaft with feather key for Type 3278 Actuator
∅in mm 16 16 16 16 25 25 − −
Weight kg 5 7 16 28 42 70 110 150
Type BR 31a-SRP/DAP1) RotaryActuators
30 60 100 150 220 300 450 600 900 1200
Attached to valve
11⁄2”
2” 4” 10”
1” 3” 6” 8”
C mm 50 50 50 50 502) 55 55 55 80 80
H3 mm 159 211 248 269 315 345 409 438 487 543
E mm 85 102 115 127 145 157 177 196 221 245
Connecting flange DIN 3337 F05 F05 F07 F07 F10 F10 F12 F12 F14 F14
SW mm 14 14 17 17 22 22 27 27 36 36
Weight in kgType SRP 1.7 3.2 4.4 6.6 9.5 12.6 18.1 24 31.6 45.1
Type DAP 1.5 2.7 3.9 5.4 8.4 10.2 14.5 19.8 25 35.5
Type 3278 Rotary Actuator 160 cm2 320 cm2
E mm 118 162
C mm 50 55 2) 80
H1 mm 260 421
H2 mm 72 95
D mm 225 295
Connecting flange ISO 5211 F07 F12
Weight kg 16 50
1) Single-acting Type BR 31a-SRP/SC (right turning) and Type BR 31a-SRP/SO (left turning) Actuators; double-acting Type BR 31a-DAP/DR (right turning) and Type BR 31a-DAP/DC (left turning) Actuators.
2) C = 55 with valve size 4”
58 Data Sheet T 8222 EN 2004-03
The following details are required on orderingValve size .... ”Pressure rating Class ....Body material According to Table 2Seal Soft sealing, metal sealing Characteristic Equal percentage or linearFlow direction Standard or reverseRotary actuator Type BR 31a-SRP or BR 31a-DAP
Type 3278 Fail-safe action Valve CLOSED or valve OPENSupply pressure .... bar
Operating range Number of springs or bench rangeAccessories Positioner and/or limit switches
Specifications subject to change without notice.
SW/d
BACE
L
H1
H2
ØD
G¼
BACE
H3
Fig. 4 ⋅ Dimension diagram of Type 3310/BR 31a
Fig. 5 ⋅ Dimension diagram of Type 3310/3278
Data Sheet T 8222 EN 2004-03 59
Application Tight-closing ball valve for process engineering and plants withindustrial requirements, especially suitable for corrosive mediaNominal size DN 15 to DN 150 Nominal pressure PN 16 to PN 40 Temperatures −10 to 200 °C
Ball valve made of corrosion-resistant materials equipped with • Pneumatic actuator or • Manual actuator Body material • Cast stainless steel Ball material• Stainless steelFurther features• Face-to-face dimensions according to DIN EN 558-1
Series 1 or Series 27• Exchangeable PTFE seat rings • Blow-out proof ball shaft with spring-loaded PTFE V-ring
packing• TA-Luft (German clean air act) equivalent certification • Flange for attachment of actuators in accordance with
DIN ISO 5211The ball valves with pneumatic actuators can be equipped withpositioners, limit switches and solenoid valves.
Versions Standard version ⋅ Pfeiffer Type BR 26 Ball Valve, DN 15 toDN 150, PN 16 to 40 available in the following versions: – Type BR 26 ⋅ Ball valve with Pfeiffer Type BR 31a Pneumatic
Actuator, optionally available with or without spring returnmechanism
– Type BR 26 ⋅ Ball valve with lever, or for nominal sizeDN 150 with hand-operated actuator
Other versions – Body, ball and ball shaft made from nickel, titanium or other
corrosion-resistant materials – Ball shaft seal consisting of two PTFE V-ring packings and test
connection – Ball valves for higher temperatures – Fire-safe versions with test certificate according to British
Standard B.S. 6755 Part 2 – Body with heating jacket – Grooved flanges according to DIN 2512 – Control ball valve using a calibrated sealing ring ⋅ On
request
Fig. 2 ⋅ Type BR 26 Ball Valve with lever
Stainless Steel Ball Valve
Pfeiffer Type BR 26
Fig. 1 ⋅ Type BR 26/BR 31a Stainless Steel Ball Valve
Fig. 3 ⋅ Type BR 26 with lever and extension
Data Sheet T 9926 EN 2004-02 61
Principle of operationThe process medium can flow through the full bore of the ballvalve in either direction. The ball (3) with its cylindrical bore(ball channel) rotates around the center axis. The rotary angleof the ball determines the flow rate across the free area betweenthe body (1) and the ball channel. The ball shaft, which isguided to the valve exit, can be optionally connected to apneumatic actuator or equipped with a manually operated leveror manual actuator.The ball is sealed by means of exchangeable seat rings (4). Theball shaft is sealed with a maintenance-free, spring-loaded PTFEV-ring packing (9). The packing is loaded by Belleville springwashers (10) which are positioned above the packing.
Fail-safe position Depending on the rotary actuator version, the ball valve has twofail-safe positions which become effective when the pressure isreduced or when the supply air fails: Control valve CLOSED without supply airThe ball valve closes when the supply air fails.Control valve OPEN without supply air The ball valve opens when the supply air fails.
Legend1 Body segments 4 Seat ring2 Ball shaft 9 V-ring packing3 Ball 10 Belleville spring washers
Fig. 5 ⋅ Pfeiffer Type BR 26 Stainless Steel Ball Valve,flanged body
2
10
9
1 14 3
1 13
2
4
109
Fig. 4 ⋅ Pfeiffer Type BR 26 Ball Valve, wafer-stylebody
62 Data Sheet T 9926 EN 2004-02
Table 1 ⋅ Technical data ⋅ Pfeiffer Type BR 26
Nominal size DN 15 to 150
Nominal pressure PN 16 ⋅ 25 ⋅ 40
Flanges DIN 2633 ⋅ DIN 2635
Ball sealing White PTFE
Packing Self-adjusting PTFE V-ring packing
Temperature range See Pressure-temperature diagram
Leakage rate DIN EN 12266-1 Test P12, leakage rate "A"
Table 2 ⋅ Materials
Body and flanges Cast stainless steel1.4408 ⋅ 1.4571
Ball 1.4408Shaft 1.4462 ⋅ 1.4571Seat rings TFM (PTFE modified)Seat spring 1.8159 ⋅ Delta TonePacking PTFE V-ring packingBottom bearing bushing PTFE with 25 % glassTop bearing bushing PTFE with 25 % carbonBody gasket PTFE
Table 3 ⋅ Max. permissible torque Mdmax, required torque Md and initial breakaway torque Mdl in Nm The listed breakaway torques are average values which were measured at the corresponding differential pressures using air at atemperature of 20 °C. Operating temperature, process medium as well as longer operating times may affect breakaway torque aswell as permissible torque considerably.
BR 26Nominal size
Permissible torqueMdmax
Differential pressure ∆p in bar
10 40
Initial breakaway torque Mdl
15 80 8 11
25 290 14 28
40 517 26 52
50 517 36 73
80 825 72 144
100 825 120 251
150 On request On request On request
Data Sheet T 9926 EN 2004-02 63
Selecting and sizing the ball valve 1. Calculate the required nominal size. 2. Select the appropriate actuator according to Table 3 or 4. 3. Select valve according to materials, pressure and
temperature stated in Tables 1 and 2 and refer to thepressure-temperature diagram.
4. Select accessories
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Ordering text Ball valve Pfeiffer Type BR 26Nominal size DN ... Nominal pressure PN ... On option, special versionActuator Type ... Signal pressure ... bar Manual leverAccessories Positioner and/or
limit switches, solenoid valveOperating pressure ... bar Medium temperature ... °C
Table 4 ⋅ Dimensions in mm and weights
Type BR 26 Ball Valve
Nominal size DN 15 25 40 50 80 100 1501)
Nominal pressure PN 40 16 40 16 40
L - DIN EN 558-1 S1 130 160 200 230 310 350 480
L - DIN EN 558-1 S27 115 125 140 150 180 190 350
A 50 56 62.5 65.5 72.5 82.5 81 165
H 46.5 58 83 91 130.5 143.5 155 209
H1 59.5 77 105 113 156 169 192.5 246
Width across flats (SW) 9 14 17 17 19 19 19 30
Connection for actuatoracc. to DIN/ISO 5211 F05 F05 F07 F07 F10 F10 F10 F14
Weight DIN EN 558-1 S1 2.6 5 9 12 28 On request
Weight DIN EN 558-1 S27 On request 24.5 33 34 On request
1) Dimensions for version with manual actuator on request
For data regarding the Pfeiffer Type 31a Actuator, refer to Data Sheet T 9929 EN.
A
L
H1
SW
L
A
H
Body conforming to DIN EN 558-1, Series 27Body conforming to DIN EN 558-1, Series 1
Fig. 6 ⋅ Dimensional drawing of Type BR 26
64 Data Sheet T 9926 EN 2004-02
Three-way Ball Valve, horizontal version
Pfeiffer Type BR 26l and Type BR 26t
ApplicationTight-closing three-way ball valve made of stainless steel suit-able for corrosive media, especially for high demands in chemi-cal and pharmaceutical industries.Nominal size DN 15 to DN 100Nominal pressure PN 16/40Temperatures −10 to 200 °C
The control valve consists of a stainless steel three-way ball valveequipped with either a pneumatic rotary actuator, a manual gearor a lever. These devices are designed according to the modularprinciple and can be combined with various accessories.
Special features• BR 26l - Horizontal version with “L” port• BR 26t - Horizontal version with “T” port• Face-to-face dimensions according to EN 558-1 Series 1
(F1 acc. to DIN 3202)• ISO bore, light-duty series• Flanges for attachment of actuators acc. to DIN ISO 5211The ball valves fitted with a pneumatic actuator can beequipped with positioners, solenoid valves as well as accesso-ries according to VDI/VDE 3845.
VersionsStandard version ⋅ Pfeiffer Type BR 26l/BR 26t Ball Valvefor nominal sizes DN 15 to 100, nominal pressure PN 16/40available in the following versions:– BR 26l/BR 26t ⋅ Ball valve with lever– BR 26l/BR 26t ⋅ Ball valve with manual gear– BR 26l/BR 26t ⋅ Ball valve with pneumatic rotary actuator,
either with or without spring return mechanism
Further versions– Three-way ball valve in vertical version– Four-way ball valve (optionally with double L-port ball)– 5/4-way ball valve (DN 25 and larger)– Set of metal seals (with HSB)– Live-loaded set of seals– Body with reduced number of cavities– Shaft extension– Air filter reducing stations– Electric rotary actuator– Sterile connection– Heating jacket– Rinsing connections– High-temperature version– Other body materials such as special austenites, duplex
steels, Hastelloy, titanium on request
Fig. 1 ⋅ Horizontal Type BR 26l/BR 26t Three-way Ball Valve
Data Sheet T 9935 EN 2004-03 65
Principle of operation (Figs. 3 to 6)The various passages horizontally and vertically through thevalve result in the corresponding flow pattern.
Pressure-temperature diagramThe range of application is determined by the course of thepressure-temperature diagram. The process data and the pro-cess medium itself can affect the values. Please contact us if theoperating data exceed the limits.
Legend for Figs. 3 and 41 Body2 Body flange3 Outlet flange4 Ball5 Shaft6 Packing flange7 Set of sealing rings8 Counter bearing9/10 Body gasket11/12 Bearing bushing13 Set of spring washers14 V-ring packing15/16 Stud bolt/hexagon head bolt17 Hexagon nut18 Cheese-head screw
Fig. 4 ⋅ Type BR 26t Ball Valve with “T” port
Fig. 3 ⋅ Type BR 26l Ball Valve with “L” portFig. 2 ⋅ Pressure-temperature diagram
66 Data Sheet T 9935 EN 2004-03
Fig. 5 ⋅ Flow schematics of Type BR 26l Three-way Ball Valve with horizontal “L” port
Fig. 6 ⋅ Flow schematics of Type BR 26t Three-way Ball Valve with horizontal “T” port
Table 1 ⋅ Technical data for Type BR 26l/BR 26t Ball Valve
Nominal size DN 15 to 100
Nominal pressure PN 16/40
End connection Flanges acc. to DIN 2501 PN 16/40
Ball sealing TFM
Shaft sealing PTFE V-ring packing
Temperature range −10 to 200 °C
Leakage acc. to DIN EN 12266-1 Test P12, leakage rate “A”
Table 2 ⋅ Materials
Body 1.4571
Ball 1.4408/1.4571
Shaft 1.4462
Seal rings TFM (PTFE)
Packing PTFE V-ring packing with spring washers made of spring steel 1.8159
Bearing bushing Upper PTFE with 25 % carbon
Lower PTFE with 25 % glass
Body gasket PTFE white
Table 3 ⋅ Max. permissible torque MDmax and required breakaway torque MDl in NmThe specified breakaway torques are average values which were measured at 20 °C without the corresponding pressure drops. Op-erating temperature, process medium as well as long operating times may affect the torques considerably. The specified torques applyto the materials used for the standard version as listed in Table 2.
Nominal size DN Permissible torque MDmax Required breakaway torque MDl
15 32 12
25 125 30
40 250 50
50 250 70
80 500 120
100 500 200
Data Sheet T 9935 EN 2004-03 67
Selecting and sizing the ball valve1. Calculate the required nominal size.2. Determine which flow schematic is required3. Select valve from Tables 1 and 24. Select the actuator5. Select accessories
Ordering textThree-way ball valve Type BR 26l/BR 26tNominal size DN ....Nominal pressure PN ....Rotary actuator Type ....Signal pressure .... barAccessories Positioner and/or
limit switches, solenoid valve
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Table 4 ⋅ Dimensions in mm and weights
Nominal size DN 15 25 40 50 80 100
Nom. pressure PN 40 16 40
FTF 130 160 200 230 310 350 350
A 65 80 100 115 155 175 175
D 95 115 150 165 200 220 235
b 16 18 18 20 24 20 24
k 65 85 110 125 160 180 190
n x d2 4 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 18 4 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 22
d3 45 68 88 102 138 158 162
f 2 2 3 3 3 3 3
H 47.5 60 90 100 136 156 156
H1 61 79 112 122 162 182 182
F 9 14 17 17 19 19 19
M M5 M6 M6 M6 M8 M8 M8
H2 101 112.5 151.5 161.5 187.5 195.5 195.5
L 151 155 207 207 350 350 350
SW 9 14 17 17 19 19 19
DIN/ISO connection F03 F05 F07 F07 F10 F10 F10
Weight kg 5 8 15 24 52 91 97
Fig. 7 ⋅ Dimensional diagram for Type BR 26l and Type BR 26t Three-way Ball Valve
68 Data Sheet T 9935 EN 2004-03
Three-way Ball Valve, vertical version
Pfeiffer Type BR 26v
ApplicationTight-closing three-way ball valve made of stainless steel suit-able corrosive media, especially for high demands in chemicaland pharmaceutical industries.Nominal size DN 15 to DN 100Nominal pressure PN 16/40Temperatures −10 to 200 °C
The control valve consists of a stainless steel three-way ballvalve equipped with either a pneumatic rotary actuator, a man-ual gear or a lever. They are designed according to the modularprinciple and can be combined with various accessories.
Special features• BR 26v - vertical version with “L” port• Face-to-face dimensions according to EN 558-1 Series 1 (F1
acc. to DIN 3202)• ISO bore, light-duty series• Flanges for attachment of actuators acc. to DIN ISO 5211The ball valves fitted with a pneumatic actuator can beequipped with positioners, solenoid valves as well as accesso-ries according to VDI/VDE 3845.
VersionsStandard version ⋅ Pfeiffer Type BR 26v Ball Valve for nomi-nal sizes DN 15 to 100, nominal pressure PN 16/40 availablein the following versions:– BR 26v ⋅ Ball valve with lever– BR 26v ⋅ Ball valve with manual gear– BR 26v ⋅ Ball valve with pneumatic rotary actuator, either
with or without spring return mechanism (see correspondingdata sheet for details)
Further versions– Three-way ball valve in horizontal version with “L” or “T” port– Four-way ball valve (optionally with double L-port ball)– 5/4-way ball valve (DN 25 and larger)– Set of metal seals (with HSB)– Live-loaded set of seals– Body with reduced number of cavities– Shaft extension– Air filter reducing stations– Electric rotary actuator– Sterile connection– Heating jacket– Rinsing connections– High-temperature version– Body made of other materials such as special austenite, du-
plex steels, Hastelloy, titanium on request
Fig. 1 ⋅ Vertical Type BR 26v Three-way Ball Valve
Data Sheet T 9936 EN 2004-03 69
Principle of operation (Figs. 2 and 4)The various passages horizontally and vertically through thevalve result in the corresponding flow pattern.
Legend for Fig. 21 Body2 Body flange3 Outlet flange4 Ball5 Shaft6 Packing flange7 Seal unit8/9 Body gasket10/11 Bearing bushing12 Set of spring washers13 V-ring packing14 Cheese-head screw15/17 Stud bolt/hexagon head bolt16 Hexagon nut
Pressure-temperature diagramThe range of application is determined by the course of thepressure-temperature diagram. The process data and the pro-cess medium itself can affect the values. Please contact us con-cerning operating data outside of the limits.
Fig. 2 ⋅ Vertical Type BR 26v Ball Valve with “L” port
Fig. 3 ⋅ Pressure-temperature diagram
70 Data Sheet T 9936 EN 2004-03
Fig. 4 ⋅ Flow schematics of Type BR 26v Three-way Ball Valve with vertical “L” port
Table 1 ⋅ Technical data for Type BR 26v Ball Valve
Nominal size DN 15 to 100
Nominal pressure PN 16/40
End connection Flanges acc. to DIN 2501 PN 16/40
Ball sealing TFM
Shaft sealing PTFE V-ring packing
Temperature range −10 to 200 °C
Leakage acc. to DIN EN 12266-1 Test P12, leakage rate “A”
Table 2 ⋅ Materials
Body 1.4571
Ball 1.4408/1.4571
Shaft 1.4462
Seal rings TFM (PTFE)
Packing PTFE V-ring packing with spring washers made of spring steel 1.8159
Bearing bushing Upper PTFE with 25 % carbon
Lower PTFE with 25 % glass
Body gasket PTFE white
Table 3 ⋅ Max. permissible torque MDmax and required breakaway torque MDl in NmThe specified breakaway torques are average values which were measured at 20 °C without the corresponding pressure drops. Op-erating temperature, process medium as well as long operating times may affect the torques considerably. The specified torques applyto the materials used for the standard version as listed in Table 2.
Nominal size DN Permissible torque MDmax Required breakaway torque MDl
15 32 12
25 125 30
40 250 50
50 250 70
80 500 120
100 500 200
Data Sheet T 9936 EN 2004-03 71
Selecting and sizing the ball valve1. Calculate the required nominal size.2. Determine which flow schematic is required3. Select valve from Tables 1 and 24. Select the actuator5. Select accessories
Ordering textThree-way ball valve BR 26vNominal size DN ....Nominal pressure PN ....Rotary actuator Type ....Signal pressure .... barFail-safe position ....Accessories Positioner and/or
limit switches, solenoid valve
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Table 4 ⋅ Dimensions in mm and weights
Nom. size DN 15 25 40 50 80 100
Nom. press. PN 40 16 40
FTF 130 160 200 230 310 350 350
A 65 80 100 115 155 175 175
D 95 115 150 165 200 220 235
b 16 18 18 20 24 20 24
k 65 85 110 125 160 180 190
n x d2 4 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 18 4 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 22
d3 45 68 88 102 138 158 162
f 2 2 3 3 3 3 3
H 47.5 60 90 100 136 156 156
H1 61 79 112 122 162 182 182
F 9 14 17 17 19 19 19
M M5 M6 M6 M6 M8 M8 M8
H2 101 112.5 151.5 161.5 187.5 195.5 195.5
L 151 155 207 207 350 350 350
Fig. 5 ⋅ Dimensional diagram for Pfeiffer Type BR 26v Three-way Ball Valve
72 Data Sheet T 9936 EN 2004-03
PTFE-lined Ball Valve
Pfeiffer Type BR 20a
ApplicationTight-closing, PTFE-lined ball valve for process engineering andindustrial applications, especially suitable for corrosive mediaNominal size DN 15 to DN 150Nominal pressure PN 10Temperatures −10 to 200 °C
PTFE lined ball valve equipped with:• Pneumatic actuator• LeverBody material• Spheroidal graphite iron with PFTE liningBall material• PTFE encapsulated stainless steel
Further features• TA-Luft (German clean air act) equivalent certification• Exchangeable PTFE seat rings• Ball shaft is sealed by a spring-loaded PTFE V-ring packing• Connection conforming to DIN/ISO 5211• Face-to-face dimensions acc. to DIN EN 558-1, Series 1
(DIN 3202, F1)The ball valves fitted with a pneumatic actuator can beequipped with positioners, solenoid valves, and other devices inaccordance with VDI/VDE 3845.
VersionsStandard version ⋅ Pfeiffer Type BR 20a PTFE-lined Ball Valve,DN 25 to DN 100 and Type BR 20z PTFE-lined Ball Valve,DN 150 (see also TB 20z) optionally available in the followingversions:– Type BR 20a ⋅ PTFE-lined ball valve with lever (Fig. 1)– Type BR 20a ⋅ PTFE-lined ball valve with manual gear– Type BR 20a/31a ⋅ PTFE-lined ball valve with Type BR 31a
Pneumatic Rotary Actuator (Fig. 2)
Other versions– Lined drain ball valve (see Type BR 21a)– Control ball valve with calibrated sealing ring– Lining with special PTFE compounds, e. g. conductive PTFE– Heating jacket– Ball shaft seal consisting of two PTFE V-ring packings and test
connection (double packing)– Grooved flanges according to DIN 2512– Various materials for ball and seat rings– Nominal pressure PN 16 possibleThe ball valve is also available in valve sizes ½“ to 6“ and pres-sure rating ANSI Class 150.
Fig. 1 ⋅ Type BR 20a PTFE-lined Ball Valve
Fig. 2 ⋅ Type BR 20a PTFE-lined Ball Valvewith Type BR 31a Rotary Actuator
Data Sheet T 9927 EN 2004-03 73
Principle of operation (Fig. 3)The process medium can flow through the Type BR 20a BallValve in either direction.The ball (3) with its cylindrical bore (ball channel) rotatesaround the center axis. The rotary angle of the ball determinesthe flow rate across the free area between the body (1) and theball channel. The ball shaft, which is guided to the valve outlet,can be optionally connected to a pneumatic actuator over anadapter or equipped with a manually operated lever.The ball (3) is sealed in the PTFE lined body by means of ex-changeable seat rings (3). The ball shaft is sealed with a mainte-nance-free, spring-loaded PTFE V-ring packing (9). The pack-ing is live-loaded by Belleville spring washers (10) locatedabove the packing.
Fail-safe positionDepending on the version of the single-acting rotary actuator,the ball valve has two fail-safe positions which become effectivewhen the actuator is relieved of pressure as well as when thesupply air fails:Control valve CLOSED without supply airThe ball valve closes when the supply air fails.Control valve OPEN without supply airThe ball valve opens when the supply air fails.
NoteThe ball valve can also be used for throttling service. Refer to thePfeiffer Data Sheet DB20a-kd in this case.Prior to using the ball valve in hazardous areas, refer to themaintenance instructions BA20a concerning its use accordingto ATEX 94/9/EC.
Pressure-temperature diagramThe differential pressures specified are limited by the pres-sure-temperature diagram.
10
1
9
4
3
Fig. 3 ⋅ Type BR 20a PTFE-lined Ball Valve
0
-20
t (°C)
p(b
ar)
0 100
2
4
6
8
10
20 80 200
12
-40 40 60 120 140 160 180
DN 25
DN 40
DN 50
DN 80
DN100
DN 150
Fig. 4 ⋅ Pressure-temperature diagram
1 PTFE-lined body3 Ball with ball shaft4 Seat ring9 V-ring packing
10 Belleville spring washers
74 Data Sheet T 9927 EN 2004-03
Table 1 • Technical data for Typ BR 20a
Nominal size DN 15 to 150
Nominal pressure PN 10
Flanges DIN EN 1092-1 (DIN 2632/3633)
Face-to-face dimensions DIN EN 558-1 Series 1 (DIN 3202 Series F1)
Ball sealing PTFE
Packing Maintenance-free PTFE V-ring packing loaded with Belleville spring washers
Temperature range See pressure-temperature diagram in Fig. 4
Leakage DIN EN 12266-1 Test P12, leakage rate “A”
Table 2 • Materials
Body EN-JS1049 (GGG 40.3)
Lining White PTFE or conductive PTFE
Ball with ball shaft 1.4313/1.4317 encapsulated with white PTFE or conductive PTFE
Ball sealing PTFE V-ring packing ⋅ Springs made of spring steel 1.8159 Delta Tone coated
Sealing rings White PTFE
Outer coating Black PVC (RAL 9005)
Table 3 • Max. permissible torque Mdmax , required positioning torque MdLauf and initial breakaway torque Mdl in NmThe specified breakaway torque are average values which were measured with air at 20 °C at the corresponding differential pres-sures. Operating temperature, process medium as well as longer operating times can affect the breakaway torque and positioningtorque.
Nominal sizeDN
Perm. torqueMdmax
Required posi-tioning torque(at tmax) MdLauf
Differential pressure ∆p
0 bar 2 bar 4 bar 6 bar 8 bar 10 bar
Breakaway torque Mdl
15 126 6 10 10 10 10 10 10
25 139 5 7.5 10 10 10 10 14
40 140 10 15 15 15 15 15 18
50 140 15 22.5 23 23 23 23 28
80 608 38 57 57 60 65 70 80
100 833 60 90 92 99 110 120 130
150 1350 300 On request 450
Data Sheet T 9927 EN 2004-03 75
Ordering textPTFE-lined Ball Valve Type BR 20aNominal size DN ....Nominal pressure PN ....PTFE liningOn option, special versionRotary actuator Type ....Signal pressure .... barOperating pressure .... barMedium temperature .... °CAccessories Positioner and/or
limit switches, solenoid valve
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Table 4 • Dimensions in mm and weights
Nominal size DN 15 25 40 50 80 100 150
L 130 160 200 230 310 350 480
H 48 82 96 103 138.5 161 189
H1 66 101 115 122 157.5 180 235
SW 12 12 12 12 16 20 24
M − M 12 M 12 M 12 M 16 M 16 M 24
Connection for actuatoracc. to DIN/ISO 5211 F05 F05 F05 F05 F07 F07 −
Weight without actuator in kg 5 6.5 11 14 26 37 65
Refer to Data Sheet T 9929 EN for data concerning the Pfeiffer Type BR 31a Rotary Actuator.
DN
L
H
M
SW
1H
1H
SW
Anschlusssituation
DN 15
Anschlusssituation
ab DN 25
Fig. 5 ⋅ Dimensional diagram for Type BR 20a
Connection for DN 15
Connection for DN 25 and higher
76 Data Sheet T 9927 EN 2004-03
PFA-lined Ball Valve
Pfeiffer Type BR 20b
ApplicationTight-closing, PFA-lined ball valve for process engineering andplants with industrial requirements, especially suitable for cor-rosive mediaNominal size DN 25 to DN 100Nominal pressure PN 16Temperatures −10 to 200 °C
PFA-lined ball valve equipped optionally with:• Pneumatic rotary actuator• LeverBody material:• Spheroidal graphite iron with PFA lining
Special features• TA-Luft (German clean air act) equivalent certification• Exchangeable PTFE seat rings• Ball shaft is sealed by a spring-loaded PTFE V-ring packing• Connection according to DIN/ISO 5211• Face-to-face dimensions DIN EN 558-1, Series 1 (DIN 3202,
F1)The ball valves with pneumatic actuators can be equipped withpositioners, solenoid valves, and other devices in accordancewith VDI/VDE 3845.
VersionsStandard version ⋅ Pfeiffer Type BR 20b PFA-lined Ball Valve,nominal size DN 25 to DN 100, nominal pressure PN 16 op-tionally available in the following versions:– Type BR 20b ⋅ PFA-lined ball valve with lever (Fig. 1)– Type BR 20b ⋅ PFA-lined ball valve with manaul gear– Type BR 20b/31a ⋅ PFA-lined ball valve with Type BR 31a
Pneumatic Rotary Actuator (Fig. 2)
Futher versions– Nominal sizes DN 15 and DN 150 as well as valve sizes ½”
to 6” in ANSI Class 150 (see Type BR 20a Ball Valve inT 9927 EN)
– Lined tank bottom valve (see Type BR 21a)– Control ball valve with calibrated sealing ring– Two-pieced ball and ball shaft with floating ball made of
Al2O3
– Spring-loaded body gasket– Spring-loaded seal rings– Grooved flanges according to DIN 2512– Various ball and sealing ring materials– Conductive PFA lining
Fig. 1 ⋅ Type BR 20b PFA-lined Ball Valve
Fig. 2 ⋅ Type BR 20b PFA-lined Ball Valvewith Type BR 31a Rotary Actuator
Data Sheet T 9928 EN 2004-03 77
Principle of operation (Fig. 3)The process medium can flow through the Type BR 20b BallValves in either direction.The ball (3) with its cylindrical bore (ball channel) rotatesaround the center axis. The rotary angle of the ball determinesthe flow rate across the free area between the body (1) and theball channel. When the ball valve is open, the full cross-sectionis released. The ball shaft, which is guided to the valve exit, canbe optionally connected to a pneumatic rotary actuator over anadapter or equipped with a manually operated lever.The ball (3) is sealed in the PFA lined body by means of ex-changeable seat rings (4). The ball shaft is sealed by means of aPTFE V-ring packing (9) which is live-loaded by Belleville springwashers (10) located above the packing.
Fail-safe positionDepending on the version of the single-acting rotary actuator,the ball valve has two fail-safe positions which become effectivewhen the actuator is relieved of pressure as well as when thesupply air fails:Control valve CLOSED without supply airThe ball valve closes when the supply air fails.Control valve OPEN without supply airThe ball valve opens when the supply air fails.
NoteThe ball valve can also be used for throttling service. Refer to thePfeiffer Data Sheet DB20a-kd in this case.Prior to using the ball valve in hazardous areas, refer to themaintenance instructions BA20a concerning its use accordingto ATEX 94/9/EC.
Pressure-temperature diagramThe differential pressures specified are limited by the pres-sure-temperature diagram.
1 1109 3 4
Fig. 3 ⋅ Type BR 20b PFA-lined Ball Valve
p (bar)16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 2000
-0.2
-0.4
-0.6
-0.8
-1.0
t (˚C)
Fig. 4 ⋅ Pressure-temperature diagram
1 Body sections3 One-piece PFA-lined ball with shaft4 Sealing ring9 V-ring packing
10 Belleville spring washers
78 Data Sheet T 9928 EN 2004-03
Table 1 • Technical data for Type BR 20b
Nominal size DN 15 to 150
Nominal pressure PN 16
Flanges DIN EN 1092-1 (DIN 2632/3633)
Face-to-face dimensions DIN EN 558-1 Series 1 (DIN 3202 Series F1)
Ball seal/seal ring Soft sealing
Packing Maintenance-free PTFE V-ring packing loaded with Belleville spring washers
Temperature range See pressure-temperature diagram in Fig. 4
Leakage DIN EN 12266-1 Test P12, leakage rate “A”
Table 2 • Materials
Body EN-JS1049 (GGG 40.3)
Lining PFA ≥2.5 mm
Ball 1.4313/1.4317 encapsulated with PFA
Ball shaft sealing PTFE V-ring packing ⋅ Springs made of spring steel 1.8159 Delta Tone coated
Seal rings White PTFE
Outer coating Black PVC (RAL 9005)
Table 3 • Max. permissible torque Mdmax , required operating and breakaway torque MdLauf und Mdl in NmThe specified breakaway torque are average values which were measured with air at 20 °C at the corresponding differential pres-sures. Operating temperature, process medium as well as longer operating times can affect the breakaway torque and operatingtorque.
Nominal sizeDN
Perm. torqueMdmax
Required operatingtorque (at tmax)
MdLauf
Differential pressure ∆p
0 bar 5 bar 10 bar 15 bar
Breakaway torque Mdl
25 130 6 10 12 14 16
40 140 12 20 22 24 27
50 140 17 30 32 34 37
80 608 44 74 80 86 96
100 833 70 120 128 136 145
Data Sheet T 9928 EN 2004-03 79
Ordering textPFA-lined ball valve Type BR 20bBall version PFA-encapsulated ball
(one-piece) orAl2O3 ball (two-pieced)
Nominal size DN ....Nominal pressure PN ....PTFE-liningOn option, special versionRotary actuator Type ....Signal pressure .... barOperating pressure .... barMedium temperature .... °CAccessories Positioner and/or
limit switches, solenoid valveSpecifications subject to change without notice.
Table 4 • Dimensions in mm and weights
Nominal size DN 25 40 50 80 100
L 160 200 230 310 350
H 76 85 90 133.5 152
H1 195 104 109 156.5 180
SW 12 12 12 16 20
M 16 16 16 24 28
Connection for actuatoracc. to DIN/ISO 5211 F05 F07 F07 F10 F12
Weight without actuator in kg 7 11 13.5 28.5 36
Refer to Data Sheet T 9929 EN for data concerning the Pfeiffer Type BR 31a Rotary Actuator.
Fig. 5 ⋅ Dimensional digram for Type BR 20b
80 Data Sheet T 9928 EN 2004-03
Application Tight-closing stainless steel ball valve for corrosive media, espe-cially designed for demanding applications in chemical plants.Nominal size DN 25 to DN 150 Nominal pressure PN 16 to 40 Temperatures −10 to 200 °C
Stainless steel ball valve equipped with:• Pneumatic actuator or • LeverBody material: • Cast stainless steel 1.4408• 1.4571 (1.4581)Ball material:• Stainless steelFurther features:• TA-Luft (German clean air act) equivalent certification• Exchangeable PTFE seat rings• Ball shaft sealed by a spring-loaded PTFE V-ring packingThe ball valves with pneumatic actuator can be equipped withpositioner, solenoid valve and other devices in accordance withVDI/VDE 3845.
VersionsStandard version ⋅ Pfeiffer Type BR 22a Stainless Steel TankBottom Valve, nominal pressure PN 16 to 40 with the followingnominal sizes:
Inlet DN 50 80 100 150 200
Outlet DN
50 −
− 80
− 100
− 150
– BR 22a ⋅ With pneumatic rotary actuator with or withoutfail-safe position
– BR 22a (Fig. 2) ⋅ With lever
Other versions– Body, ball and ball shaft made of nickel, titanium or other
stainless steel materials – Ball shaft sealing with two PTFE V-ring packings and test
connection– Ball valves for temperatures up to 350 °C– Connecting flanges acc. to ANSI Class 150/300 on requestPlease contact us for more details.
Stainless Steel Tank Bottom Valve
Pfeiffer Type BR 22a
Fig. 1 ⋅ Pfeiffer Type BR 22a Tank Bottom Valve
14
39
2
10
Legend 1 Body 2 Shaft 3 Ball 4 Seat ring 9 V-ring packing10 Belleville spring washers
Fig. 2 ⋅ Pfeiffer Type BR 22a Tank Bottom Valve, sectional view
Data Sheet T 9932 EN 2000-04 81
PTFE-lined Tank Bottom Valve
Pfeiffer Type BR 21a
ApplicationTight-closing tank bottom valve lined with PTFE for corrosivemedia, especially designed for demanding applications inchemical plants.Nominal size DN 50 to DN 150Nominal pressure PN 10/16Temperatures −10 to 200 °C
PTFE-lined tank bottom valve optionally equipped with:• Pneumatic actuator or• LeverValve body made of:• Spheroidal graphite iron with isostatic lining made of white
PTFEBall material:• Stainless steel encapsulated in PTFEFurther features• TA-Luft (German clean air act) equivalent certification• Exchangeable PTFE seat rings• Ball shaft sealed by a spring-loaded PTFE V-ring packingThe ball valves fitted with a pneumatic actuator can beequipped with positioner, solenoid valve and other devices inaccordance with VDI/VDE 3845.
VersionsStandard version ⋅ Pfeiffer Type BR 21a PTFE-lined Tank Bot-tom Valve, nominal pressure PN 10/16 with the followingnominal sizes:
Inlet DN 65 100 100 150 150
Outlet DN 50 80 100
– Type BR 21a ⋅ With pneumatic actuator with or withoutfail-safe action
– Type BR 21a ⋅ With lever (Fig. 1)
Further versions– Lining with special PTFE compounds– Conductive PTFE lining– Ball shaft sealing with two V-ring packings and test
connection– Connecting flanges according to ANSI Class 150 on request– Grooved flange according to DIN 2512– Various ball and sealing ring materials– Heating jacket
Note: Prior to using the tank bottom valve in hazardous areas,refer to the maintenance instructions BA 20a concerning its useaccording to ATEX 94/9/EC.
Fig. 1 ⋅ Type BR 21a Tank Bottom Valve
1
4
9
103
1 Body 3 Ball4 Seat ring 9 V-ring packing
10 Belleville spring washers
Fig. 2 ⋅ Sectional diagram of Type BR 21a Tank Bottom Valve
Data Sheet T 9931 EN 2004-02 83
Principle of operation (Fig. 2)The larger flange of the Type BR 21a Tank Bottom Valve isbolted onto the bottom flange of the tank. The ball (3) with its cy-lindrical bore (ball channel) rotates around the center axis. Therotary angle of the ball determines the flow rate across the freearea between the body (1) and the ball channel. The ball shaft,which is guided to the valve exit, is equipped with a manuallyoperated lever. Optionally it can be connected to a pneumaticrotary actuator over an adapter.The ball (3) is sealed in the PTFE-lined body by means of ex-changeable seat rings (4). The ball shaft is sealed by a mainte-nance-free PTFE V-ring packing (9) which is live-loaded byBelleville spring washers (10) located above the packing.
Pressure-temperature diagramThe differential pressures specified are limited by the pres-sure-temperature diagram. Should the actual differential pres-sures be located above the curve, please contact us for furtheradvice.
Fail-safe positionDepending on the version of the single-acting rotary actuator,the ball valve has two fail-safe positions which become effectivewhen the actuator is relieved of pressure as well as when thesupply air fails:Control valve CLOSED without supply airThe ball valve closes when the supply air fails.Control valve OPEN without supply airThe ball valve opens when the supply air fails.
Fig. 3 ⋅ Pressure-temperature diagram
Table 1 ⋅ Technical data for Type BR 21a
Nominal size Inlet DN 65 DN 100 DN 100 DN 150 DN 150
Outlet DN 50 DN 50 DN 80 DN 80 DN 100
Nominal pressure PN 10/16
Temperature range See Pressure-Temperature diagram
Ball sealing White PTFE
Leakage acc. DIN EN 12266-1 Test P12, leakage rate “A”
Flanges Acc. to DIN 2632/2633 or ANSI Class 150
Packing PTFE V-ring packing loaded by Belleville spring washers
Table 2 ⋅ Materials
Body EN-JS1049 (GGG 40.3) with PTFE lining
Ball 1.4313/1.4317 encapsulated by PTFE
Seat rings White PTFE
Packing PTFE V-ring packing ⋅ Springs made of spring steel 1.8159, Delta Tone coated
Bearing bushing PTFE with 25 % carbon
Outer coating Black PVC (RAL 9005)
84 Data Sheet T 9931 EN 2004-02
Ordering textPTFE-lined Tank Bottom Valve Type BR 21aNominal size DN ....Nominal pressure PN ....
On option, special version
Rotary actuator Type ....Signal pressure .... barOperating pressure .... barMedium temperature .... °C
Accessories Positioner and/orlimit switches, solenoid valve
Specifications subject to change without notice.Fig. 4 ⋅ Dimensional diagram of Type BR 21a
Table 3 ⋅ Max. permissible torque MDmax , required operating torque and breakaway torque MDLauf and MDl in NmThe specified breakaway torque are average values which were measured with air at 20 °C at the corresponding differential pres-sures. Operating temperature, process medium as well as longer operating times can affect the breakaway torque and operatingtorque.
Nom. sizeInlet/outlet
DN
Permissibletorque MDmax
Requiredtorque MDLauf
Differential pressure ∆p
0 bar 2 bar 4 bar 6 bar 8 bar 10 bar
Breakaway torque MDl
65/50140 15 23 23 23 23 23 28
100/50
100/80608 38 57 57 60 65 70 80
150/80
150/100 833 60 90 82 99 110 120 130
Table 4 ⋅ Dimensions in mm and weights
Nom. sizeInlet/outlet DN 65/50 100/50 100/80 150/80 150/100
L 190 190 245 250 270
H 103 103 138.5 138.5 161
H1 122 122 157.5 157.5 180
F 12 12 12 12 12
M M12 M12 M16 M16 M16
SW 12 12 16 16 20
DIN/ISO F05 F05 F07 F07 F07
Weight kg 13 15 19 21 25
connection
Data Sheet T 9931 EN 2004-02 85
ApplicationDouble eccentric control valve for process engineering andplants with industrial requirementsNominal size DN 25 to 200 ⋅ 1” to 8” Nominal pressure PN 10 to 40 ⋅ ANSI Class 150 and 300 Temperatures −100 °C to 400 °C ⋅ −148 °F to 752 °F
Maxifluss Rotary Plug Valve • Type 72.3 and 72.4 with• Single-acting AT Type SC/SO Rotary ActuatorValve body material• Cast steel or • Cast stainless steel Seat with • Metal sealing or • Soft sealing The control valves can be equipped with various accessories:positioners, solenoid valves and other devices according toVDI/VDE 3845.
Versions Standard version for temperatures from −100 °C to 400 °C(−148 °F to 752 °F) – Type 72.3/AT ⋅ 1” to 8” in flanged design, face-to-face
dimensions acc. to ANSI B16.10/EN 558-2 Series 37 and38, with single-acting Type SC/SO Rotary Actuator
– Type 72.3/AT ⋅ DN 25 to DN 200 in flanged design,face-to-face dimensions acc. to DIN 3202 F1/EN 558 Series1, with single-acting Type SC/SO Rotary Actuator
– Type 72.4/AT ⋅ 1” to 8” in wafer-style design, face-to-facedimensions acc. to EN 558-1/2 Series 36, with single-actingType SC/SO Rotary Actuator
– Type 72.4/AT ⋅ DN 25 to DN 200 in wafer-style design,face-to-face dimensions acc. to EN 558-1/2 Series 36, withsingle-acting Type SC/SO Rotary Actuator
Further versions with– TA-Luft (German clean air act) packing– Noise-reducing features– Double-acting Type DR Actuator– Heating jacket for flanged valves
Fig. 1 ⋅ VETEC Type 72.3/AT Maxifluss Rotary Plug Valve flanged design acc. to ANSI or DIN
Maxifluss Rotary Plug Valves
VETEC Type 72.3/AT and Type 72.4/AT
Fig. 2 ⋅ Type 72.4/AT Maxifluss Rotary Plug Valvewafer-style design acc. to ANSI or DIN
Data Sheet T 9921 EN 2004-03 87
Principle of operationThe Maxifluss double eccentric plug rotates into the seat at anangle that eliminates sliding over the seat surface. This doubleeccentric design causes the plug to lift away and clear the seatimmediately as it starts to rotate without any breakaway torquewhen the plug shaft is turned from the closed into the openposition. The valve opens smoothly and therefore shows a stablecontrol response at small opening angles. The process mediumcan flow through the valve in either direction.The standard direction of flow is for– Liquids = flow to open FTO (direction of flow "V"), – Gases and vapors = flow to close FTC
(direction of flow "H") . The flow coefficient is determined by the opening angle of theplug.The inherent characteristic of the Maxifluss Rotary Plug Valvescan be converted into a linear or equal percentage charac-teristic using positioners and cam discs.
Fail-safe positionAttached to the Pfeiffer AT Type SC/SO Rotary Actuator, thecontrol valve has two fail-safe positions which become effectivewhen the piston is relieved of pressure as well as when thesupply air fails:Valve CLOSED without supply airThe Maxifluss Rotary Plug Valve is closed when the supply airfails.Valve OPEN without supply airThe Maxifluss Rotary Plug Valve is opened when the supply airfails.
Fig. 3 ⋅ Sectional diagram of VETEC Type 72.4/AT inwafer-style design
"H" => <= "V"
Fig. 4 ⋅ Sectional diagram: Plug movement with double eccentric bearing
88 Data Sheet T 9921 EN 2004-03
Table 1 ⋅ Technical data
Nominal size DN/in DN 25 to 200 1” to 8”
Maxifluss Type 72.3 72.4 72.3 72.4
Body style Flanged Wafer Flanged Wafer
Nominal pressure PN 10 to PN 40 ANSI Class 150 and 300
Face-to-face dimensionsDIN 3202 F1
EN 558-1, Series 1IEC 534 Part 3-2
EN 558-1/2, Series 36
ANSI B16.10EN 558-2,
Series 37 for Class 150,Series 38 for Class 300
IEC 534 Part 3-2EN 558-1/2, Series 36
Flange bore acc. to PN 10, 16, 25 or 40 ANSI Class 150 or 300
Seat ring Metal sealing ⋅ PTFE soft sealing (direction of flow: flow to close)
Characteristic Equal percentage or linear (using cam disc in the positioner)
Rangeability ≥200 : 1
Temperature rangewith metal sealing −100 to 400 °C (−148 to 752 °F)
with soft sealing −100 to 220 °C (−148 to 428 °F)
Leakage class acc. to DIN EN 1349with metal sealing IV-L1
with soft sealing VI-G1
Table 2 ⋅ Materials
Body 1.0619 1.4581
Seat 1.4571 (1.4571/optionally Stellite 6)
Plug 1.4581 (1.4581/optionally Stellite 6)
Shaft 1.4571
Packing PTFE/Graphite
Gaskets Graphite/Stainless steel
Data Sheet T 9921 EN 2004-03 89
Terms for control valve sizing and noise level calculationTable 3a ⋅ Kvs, Cv and xFz coefficients ⋅ Seat with metal sealing, direction of flow "V", flow to open ⋅For direction of flow "H", flow to close, the Kvs values are reduced by 20 %
Nominal size DN 25/1” 40/11⁄2” 50/2” 80/3” 100/4” 150/6” 200/8”
100 % Kvs
Kvs 16 40 80 245 370 685 950
Cv 19 47 94 286 430 800 1110
Seat ∅ 18 26 36 60 76 105 135
xFz 0.75 0.3 0.3 0.25 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
60 % Kvs
Kvs 10 24 48 147 220 410 570
Cv 12 28 56 171 256 477 663
Seat ∅ 16 21.5 29.5 50 60 86 106
xFz 0.75 0.34 0.34 0.3 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.22
40 % Kvs
Kvs 6 16 33 105 150 275 380
Cv 7 19 38 122 174 320 442
Seat ∅ 14 18.5 25.5 44 53 73 88
xFz 0.75 0.39 0.39 0.34 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.24
25 % Kvs
Kvs 4 12 20 63 93 179 240
Cv 5 14 23 73 108 208 279
Seat ∅ 10 16 21 37 45 62 73
xFz 0.75 0.39 0.39 0.34 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.24
Table 3b ⋅ Kvs, Cv and xFz coefficients ⋅ Seat with soft sealing, direction of flow "flow to close"
Nominal size DN 25/1” 40/11⁄2” 50/2” 80/3” 100/4” 150/6” 200/8”
100 % Kvs
Kvs 10 40 68 162 252 510 726
Cv 12 47 79 189 295 593 849
Seat ∅ 16 26 35 54 70 99 129
xFz 0.75 0.3 0.3 0.25 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
60 % Kvs
Kvs 6 21 41 135 164 270 460
Cv 7 24 50 158 191 314 535
Seat ∅ 15 21.5 29.5 50 60 86 106
xFz 0.75 0.34 0.34 0.3 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.22
40 % Kvs
Kvs 4 15 28 105 121 182 300
Cv 5 17 33 123 141 212 349
Seat ∅ 14 18.5 25.5 46 53 73 88
xFz 0.75 0.39 0.39 0.34 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.24
25 % Kvs
Kvs 2 11 17 56 72 132 200
Cv 3 13 20 65 84 153 233
Seat ∅ 10 16 21 37 45 62 73
xFz 0.75 0.43 0.43 0.38 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.26
Table 3c ⋅ FL and xT coefficients
Nominal size DN 25/1” 40/11⁄2” 50/2” 80/3” 100/4” 150/6” 200/8”
100 % KvsFL 0.67 0.67 0.59 0.51 0.51 0.51 0.51
xT 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.3
60 % KvsFL 0.72 0.72 0.67 0.59 0.59 0.59 0.54
xT 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.35
40 % KvsFL 0.79 0.79 0.72 0.67 0.67 0.67 0.57
xT 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.50
25 % KvsFL 0.85 0.85 0.78 0.74 0.74 0.74 0.61
xT 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.55
90 Data Sheet T 9921 EN 2004-03
Permissible differential pressures
Table 4a ⋅ Fail-safe position: valve CLOSED ⋅ Pressures in bar
Permissible differential pressure for CLOSED position
Nominal sizeShaft ∅in mm
Type SCActuator
Springsn=
Requiredsupply
pressure
Standard flow"flow to open"
Reversed flow"flow to close" Max.
perm.supply
pressuremm in Metal sealingMetal or soft sealing with a
supply pressure of
3 bar 4 bar 5 bar 5.5 bar
25 1” 16
60 3 3 − 5 39 52 52
660 6 5.5 35 − − − 40
100 3 3 17 23 52 52 52
100 6 5.5 52 − − − 52
40 11⁄2” 20
100 3 3 5 8 32 52 52
6100 6 5.5 31 − − − 36
150 3 3 21 27 52 52 52
150 6 5.5 52 − − − 52
50 2” 20
100 3 3 2 3 15 25 38
6100 6 5.5 14 − − − 17
150 3 3 9 12 29 40 52
150 6 5.5 29 − − − 34
80 3” 25
150 6 5.5 8 − − − 10
6220 3 3 7 7 18 29 40
220 6 5.5 20 − − − 20
300 3 3 10 12 26 40 52
300 6 5.5 25 − − − 29
100 4” 25
150 6 5.5 5 − − − 6
6300 3 3 6 7 15 23 31
300 6 5.5 14 − − − 16
600 3 3 14 17 32 48 52
600 6 5.5 32 − − − 36
150 6” 40
300 6 5.5 6 − − − 7
6600 3 3 6 7 14 21 28
600 6 5.5 13 − − − 15
1200 3 3 13 14 27 40 52
1200 6 5.5 28 − − − 30
200 8” 40
300 6 5.5 2 − − − 3
6600 3 3 2 3 7 11 14
600 6 5.5 7 − − − 8
1200 3 3 6 7 14 21 28
1200 6 5.5 14 − − − 15
Permissible differential pressures for version with additional O-ring seal or TA Luft packing on request.
Data Sheet T 9921 EN 2004-03 91
Permissible differential pressures
Table 4b ⋅ Fail-safe position: valve OPEN ⋅ Pressures in bar
Permissible differential pressure for OPEN positionMax. permsupply
pressure
Nominal sizeShaft ∅in mm
Type SOActuator
Springsn
Requiredsupply
pressure
Reversed flow"flow to close"
Standard flow"flow to open"
mm in Metal/soft sealingMetal sealing with a supply pressure of
3 bar 4 bar 5 bar 5.5 bar
25
1” 16
60 3 3 − 5 39 52 52
660 6 5.5 35 − − − 40
100 3 3 17 23 52 − −
100 6 5.5 52 − − − 52
11⁄2” 20
100 3 3 5 8 32 52 52
6100 6 5.5 31 − − − 36
150 3 3 21 27 52 52 52
150 6 5.5 52 − − − 52
2” 20
100 3 3 2 3 15 25 38
6100 6 5.5 14 − − − 17
150 3 3 9 12 29 40 52
150 6 5.5 29 − − − 34
80 3” 25
150 6 5.5 8 − − − 10
6220 3 3 7 7 18 29 40
220 6 5.5 20 − − − 20
300 3 3 10 12 26 40 52
300 6 5.5 25 − − − 29
100 4” 25
150 6 5.5 5 − − − 6
6300 3 3 6 7 15 23 31
300 6 5.5 14 − − − 16
600 3 3 14 17 32 48 −
600 6 5.5 32 − − − 36
150 6” 40
300 6 5.5 6 − − − 7
6600 3 3 6 7 14 21 28
600 6 5.5 13 − − − 15
1200 3 3 13 14 27 40 52
1200 6 5.5 28 − − − 30
200 8” 40
300 6 5.5 2 − − − 3
6600 3 3 2 3 7 11 14
600 6 5.5 7 − − − 8
1200 3 3 6 7 14 21 28
1200 6 5.5 14 − − − 15
Permissible differential pressures for version with additional O-ring seal or TA Luft packing on request.
92 Data Sheet T 9921 EN 2004-03
Table 5 ⋅ Permissible shaft and actuator torque for both directions of flow
DN Perm. shaft torquein Nm at Required actuator torque in Nm at a differential pressure of
mm in 20 °C(71 °F)
400 °C(752 °F) 5 bar 10 bar 15 bar 20 bar 25 bar 30 bar 35 bar 40 bar
25 1” 60 15 16 17 18 19 21 22 24
40 11⁄2” 130 18 22 24 27 30 32 35 38
50 2” 130 24 30 35 41 46 52 58 64
80 3” 335 46 61 74 89 104 120 135 150
100 4” 335 70 100 122 151 179 208 237 366
150 6” 1280 143 208 260 324 389 454 518 583
200 8” 1280 244 364 461 581 701 822 943 1064
Table 6 ⋅ Dimensions in mm and weights
Valve DN 25/1” 40/11⁄2” 50/2” 80/3” 100/4” 150/6” 200/8”
Length L Type 72.3 PN 10/40 160 200 230 310 350 480 600
Type 72.4 102 114 125 165 194 229 243
Shaft ∅d mm 16 20 20 25 25 40 40
B mm 60 80 90 115 130 170 190
A mm 130 150 170 210 230 330 350
Flange DIN 3337 F07/F07 F05/F07 F05/F07 F07/F10 F07/F10/F12 F10/F12/F14 F10/F12/F14
SW mm 14 14/17 14/17 17/22 17/22/27 22/27/36 22/27/36
Weight
Approx. kg Type 72.3 8 15 20 40 50 100 160
Type 72.4 5 8 10 20 30 60 80
Type SC/SO Rotary Actuator 60 100 150 220 300 600 1200
C mm 80 80 80 120 120 120 120
H3 mm 211 248 269 315 345 438 543
E mm 102 115 127 145 157 196 245
Connecting flange DIN 3337 F05 F07 F07 F10 F10 F12 F14
SW mm 14 17 17 22 22 27 36
Weight
Type SC/SO approx. kg 6 7 9 16 19 30 55
Type 3767 Positioner ⋅ Dimensions for other positioners on request
F mm 160 160 160 160 160 160 160
Data Sheet T 9921 EN 2004-03 93
Following details are required on ordering:Type According to Table 1Nominal size DN/in ....Nominal pressure PN/Class ....Body material According to Table 2Type of seat With metal sealing or
soft sealingCharacteristic Equal percentage or linearKvs/Cv value According to Table 3Direction of flow Standard (flow to open = V)
or reversed (flow to close = H)Actuator Type SC/SO ....Fail-safe position Valve CLOSED or OPENMax. differential pressure for .... [bar]actuatorSupply air .... [bar]Operating range Number of springsOthers Accessories,
special versions, certificates, inspection certificates, etc.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Flanged version
Fig. 4 ⋅ Dimension diagrams of VETEC Type 72.3/AT and VETEC Type 72.4/AT
Wafer-style version
94 Data Sheet T 9921 EN 2004-03
Maxifluss Rotary Plug Valves
VETEC Types 72.3/R and 72.4/R
ApplicationDouble-eccentric control valve for process engineering andindustrial applicationsNominal sizes DN 25 to 400 ⋅ 1” to 16”Nominal pressures PN 10 to 40 ⋅ ANSI Class 150 and 300Temperatures −100 to 400 °C ⋅ −148 to 752 °F
Type 72.3 and Type 72.4 Maxifluss Rotary Plug Valves with• Single-acting VETEC Type R Diaphragm ActuatorValve body made of• Cast steel or• Stainless cast steelSeat versions• Metal sealing or soft sealingThe control valves can be equipped with various accessoriessuch as positioners, solenoid valves, and other devices con-forming to VDI/VDE 3845.
VersionsStandard versionRotary plug valves with single-acting Type R Rotary Actuator fortemperatures from −100 to 400 °C (−148 to 752 °F)– Type 72.3/R ⋅ DN 25 to DN 400 in flanged design, face-to-
face dimensions according to DIN 3202 F1/EN 558 Series 1– Type 72.3/R ⋅ 1” to 16” in flanged design,
face-to-face dimensions according to ANSI B16.10/EN 558-2 Series 37 and 38
– Type 72.4/R ⋅ DN 25 to DN 300 in wafer-style design,face-to-face dimensions according to EN 558-1/2 Series 36
– Type 72.4/R ⋅ 1” to 12” in wafer-style design,face-to-face dimensions according to EN 558-1/2 Series 36
Further versions with– Double packing– TA-Luft (German clean air act) packing– Noise-reducing features– Heating jacket for flanged valves– Special body and trim materials– Wafer-style version with ceramic trim and protective sleeve
for the valve body– Version with grooved flange DIN 2512/RTJ– Electric actuator or handwheel– Version typetested by DVGW (German Technical and Scien-
tific Association on Gas and Water) according to EN 161,DN 25 to 200, PN 16/40
– Basis weight control valve for paper machines
Fig. 2 ⋅ VETEC Type 72.4/R Maxifluss Rotary Plug Valvewith through holes in the flange andType R Pneumatic Actuator
Fig. 1 ⋅ VETEC Type 72.3/R Maxifluss Rotary Plug Valveaccording to DIN, flanged design withType R Pneumatic Actuator
Data Sheet T 9918 EN 2004-01 95
Principle of operationThe shaft and the plug are arranged eccentrically, thus imple-menting the double-eccentric design of the Maxifluss rotaryplug valve together with the offset fulcrum (Fig. 3). This dou-ble-eccentric design ensures that the plug clears the seat imme-diately without any initial breakaway torque or friction whenthe plug shaft is turned from closed to open position. The valveopens smoothly, providing a stable control response at smallopening angles.The process medium can flow through the Maxifluss rotary plugvalve in either direction.The standard direction of flow for– Liquids = flow to open FTO
direction of flow “V“– Gases and vapors = flow to close FTC
direction of flow “H“The flow coefficient is determined by the opening angle of theplug.The inherent characteristic of the Maxifluss rotary plug valvescan be converted into a linear or equal percentage characteris-tic using positioners and cam discs.
Fail-safe positionThe control valve offers two possible fail-safe positions in com-bination with the VETEC Type R Diaphragm Actuator in case thesupply air fails:Valve CLOSED without supply air; the Maxifluss rotary plugvalve is closed when the supply air fails.Valve OPEN without supply air; the Maxifluss rotary plug valveis opened when the supply air fails.
Fig. 4 and 5 ⋅ Directions of flow V and H
100
Kv
908070605040
3020100
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 [%]
Fig. 7 ⋅ Linear and logarithmic characteristics achieved withthe help of a positioner
100
Kv
908070605040302010
00 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 [%]
100
Kv
908070605040302010
00 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 [%]
Fig. 6 ⋅ Inherent characteristic
Direction of flow “H”Medium closes
FTC
Direction of flow “V”Medium opens
FTO
Fig. 3 ⋅ Plug movement with double-eccentric bearing
96 Data Sheet T 9918 EN 2004-01
Table 1 • Technical data
Table 1a • VETEC Types 72.3 and 72.4 Rotary Plug Valves
Maxifluss Type 72.3 72.4
Design Flanged Wafer style
Nominal sizes DN 25 to 400 1” to 16” DN 25 to 300 1” to 12”
Nominal pressures PN 10 to 40 Class 150 and 300 PN 10 to 40 Class 150 and 300
Face-to-face dimensionsDIN 3202 F1
EN 558-1 Series 1
ANSI B16.10EN 558-2
Series 37 for Class 150Series 38 for Class 300
IEC 534-3-2EN 558-1/2 Series 36
Flange bores according to PN 10, 16, 25 or 40 ANSI Cl. 150 or 300 PN 10, 16, 25 or 40 ANSI Cl. 150 or 300
Seat ring Metal sealing ⋅ PTFE soft sealing (flow direction: FTC)
Characteristic Equal percentage
Rangeability 200 : 1
Temperature range ⋅ Other ranges available on request
With metal sealing −100 to 400 °C ⋅ −148 to 752 °F
With soft sealing −100 to 220 °C ⋅ −148 to 428 °F
Leakage class according to DIN EN 1349
With metal sealing IV-L1
With soft sealing VI-G1
Table 1b • Type R Actuator
Actuator Type R110 R150 R200 R250 R250V
Travel at max. opening angle mm 128 184 200 200 200
Bench range bar 0.4 to 1.2 0.4 to 1.2 0.4 to 1.2 0.4 to 1.2 1.3 to 2.4
Supply pressure Min. 3 bar ⋅ Max. 6 bar
Max. spring torque Nm 32 84 160 249 810
Permissible ambient temperature −20 to 70 °C ⋅ −4 to 158 °F
Table 2 • Materials
Table 2a • VETEC Types 72.3 and 72.7 Rotary Plug Valves
Body 1.0619 1.4581
Seat 1.4571Optionally with stellited seating surface
Plug 1.4581Optionally with stellited seating surface or seating surface of Stellite 6
Shaft 1.4571
Packing PTFE/graphite
Seals Graphite/stainless steel
Table 2b • Type R Actuator
Housing Steel/aluminum
Diaphragms NBR
Piston Aluminum
Springs Spring steel
Data Sheet T 9918 EN 2004-01 97
Table 3 • Control valve sizing and noise level calculation
Table 3a • KVS, CV, and xFz coefficients ⋅ Seat with metal sealing ⋅ Direction of flow “V”, FTOFor direction of flow “H”, FTC, KVS is reduced by 20 %
Size DN/in 25/1” 40/112” 50/2” 80/3” 100/4” 150/6” 200/8” 250/10” 300/12” 400/16”
100 % KVS
KVS 16 40 80 245 370 685 950 1925 2680 4200
CV 19 47 94 286 430 800 1110 2252 3135 4914
Seat ∅ 18 26 36 60 76 105 135 170 210 290
xFz 0.75 0.3 0.3 0.25 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.18
60 % KVS
KVS 10 24 48 147 220 410 570 1230 1640 2520
CV 12 28 56 171 256 477 663 1439 1918 2948
Seat ∅ 16 21.5 29.5 50 60 86 106 146 163 225
xFz 0.75 0.34 0.34 0.3 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.19
40 % KVS
KVS 6 16 33 105 150 275 380 770 1070 1680
CV 7 19 38 122 174 320 442 900 1252 1965
Seat ∅ 14 18.5 25.5 44 53 73 88 126 133 184
xFz 0.75 0.39 0.39 0.34 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.20
25 % KVS
KVS 4 12 20 63 93 179 240 480 670 1070
CV 5 14 23 73 108 208 279 561 784 1252
Seat ∅ 10 16 21 37 45 62 73 102 116 160
xFz 0.75 0.43 0.43 0.38 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.21
Table 3b • KVS, CV, and xFz coefficients ⋅ Seat with soft sealing ⋅ Direction of flow “H”, FTC
Size DN/in 25/1” 40/112” 50/2” 80/3” 100/4” 150/6” 200/8” 250/10” 300/12” 400/16”
100 % KVS
KVS 10 40 68 162 252 510 726 1450 2010 3150
CV 12 47 79 189 295 593 849 1696 2351 3685
Seat ∅ 16 26 35 54 70 99 129 160 204 270
xFz 0.75 0.3 0.3 0.25 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.18
60 % KVS
KVS 6 21 41 135 164 270 460 990 1320 2020
CV 7 24 50 158 191 314 535 1158 1535 2363
Seat ∅ 15 21.5 29.5 50 60 86 106 146 163 225
xFz 0.75 0.34 0.34 0.3 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.19
40 % KVS
KVS 4 15 28 105 121 182 300 620 860 1345
CV 5 17 33 123 141 212 349 725 1006 1573
Seat ∅ 14 18.5 25.5 46 53 73 88 126 133 184
xFz 0.75 0.39 0.39 0.34 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.20
25 % KVS
KVS 2 11 17 56 72 132 200 410 560 860
CV 3 13 20 65 84 153 233 479 655 1006
Seat ∅ 10 16 21 37 45 62 73 102 116 160
xFz 0.75 0.43 0.43 0.38 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.21
Table 3c • FL and xT coefficients
Size DN/in 25/1” 40/112” 50/2” 80/3” 100/4” 150/6” 200/8” 250/10” 300/12” 400/16”
100 % KVSFL 0.76 0.76 0.70 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.61
xT 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30
60 % KVSFL 0.81 0.81 0.76 0.70 0.70 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.62
xT 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.50 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35
40 % KVSFL 0.86 0.86 0.81 0.76 0.76 0.76 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.64
xT 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.45
25 % KVSFL 0.89 0.89 0.85 0.82 0.82 0.82 0.72 0.72 0.72 0.65
xT 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.50
98 Data Sheet T 9918 EN 2004-01
Table 4 • Permissible differential pressures
Table 4a • Fail-safe position: valve CLOSED ⋅ Pressures in bar
SizeDN/in
Shaft ∅in mm
Max. shafttorque [Nm]
at 20 °C
ActuatorType
Bench rangein bar
Requiredsupply
pressure
Perm. diff. pressure for CLOSED positionMax. perm.
supplypressure
Standard flowFTO
Metal sealing
Reverse flowFTC
Metal or soft sealing
25/1” 16 58 R110 0.4 ... 1.2 3 40 40 6
40/1½” 20 131R110 0.4 … 1.2 3 30 40
6R150 0.4 … 1.2 3 40 40
50/2” 20 131R110 0.4 … 1.2 3 15 40
6R150 0.4 … 1.2 3 40 40
80/3” 28 325
R150 0.4 … 1.2 3 15 40
6R200 0.4 … 1.2 3 29 40
R250 0.4 … 1.2 3 40 40
100/4” 35 586
R150 0.4 … 1.2 3 8 40
6R200 0.4 … 1.2 3 15 40
R250 0.4 … 1.2 3 24 40
150/6” 42 1246
R200 0.4 … 1.2 3 7 40
6R250 0.4 … 1.2 3 11 40
R250V 1.3 … 2.4 3 40 23
200/8” 42 1246
R200 0.4 … 1.2 3 4 26
6R250 0.4 … 1.2 3 6 40
R250V 1.3 … 2.4 3 27 12
250/10” 48 1709
R200 0.4 … 1.2 3 2 15
6R250 0.4 … 1.2 3 3 24
R250V 1.3 … 2.4 3 15 7
300/12” 48 1709
R200 0.4 … 1.2 3 1 9
6250 0.4 … 1.2 3 2 15
R250V 1.3 … 2.4 3 9 4
400/16” 72 6366R250 0.4 … 1.2 4 − 5
6R250V 1.7 … 3.2 4 3 −
Valves for higher pressure drops on request
Data Sheet T 9918 EN 2004-01 99
Table 4b • Fail-safe position: valve OPEN ⋅ Pressures in bar
SizeDN/in
Shaft ∅in mm
Max. shafttorque [Nm]
at 20 °C
ActuatorType
Bench rangein bar
Requiredsupply
pressure
Perm. diff. pressure in OPEN positionMax. perm.
supplypressure
Standard flowFTO
Metal sealing
Reverse flowFTC
Metal or soft sealing
25/1” 16 58 R110 0.4 ... 1.2 3 40 40 6
40/1½” 20 131R110 0.4 … 1.2 3 40 30
6R150 0.4 … 1.2 3 40 40
50/2” 20 131R110 0.4 … 1.2 3 40 15
6R150 0.4 … 1.2 3 40 40
80/3” 28 325
R150 0.4 … 1.2 3 40 15
6R200 0.4 … 1.2 3 40 29
R250 0.4 … 1.2 3 40 40
100/4” 35 586
R150 0.4 … 1.2 3 40 8
6R200 0.4 … 1.2 3 40 15
R250 0.4 … 1.2 3 40 24
150/6” 42 1246
R200 0.4 … 1.2 3 40 7
6R250 0.4 … 1.2 3 40 11
R250V 1.3 … 2.4 3 23 40
200/8” 42 1246
R200 0.4 … 1.2 3 26 4
6R250 0.4 … 1.2 3 40 6
R250V 1.3 … 2.4 3 12 27
250/10” 48 1709
R200 0.4 … 1.2 3 15 2
6R250 0.4 … 1.2 3 24 3
R250V 1.3 … 2.4 3 7 15
300/12” 48 1709
R200 0.4 … 1.2 3 9 1
6250 0.4 … 1.2 3 15 2
R250V 1.3 … 2.4 3 4 9
400/16” 72 6366R250 0.4 … 1.2 4 5 −
6R250V 1.7 … 3.2 4 − 3
100 Data Sheet T 9918 EN 2004-01
Table 5 • Mounting positions for Type R Actuator
Medium opensDirection of flow “V”FTO
Medium closesDirection of flow “H”FTC
Mounting Po ⋅ Valve CLOSED without supply airAir to open - Spring closes
Mounting Ps ⋅ Valve OPEN without supply airAir to close - Spring opens
Mounting A-Po Mounting A-Ps
Mounting B-Po Mounting B-Ps
Mounting C-Po Mounting C-Ps
Mounting D-Po Mounting D-Ps
Data Sheet T 9918 EN 2004-01 101
Table 6 • Dimensions in mm
Table 6a ⋅ Type 72.3/R ⋅ DN 25 to 400 ⋅ PN 10 to 40
Valve DN 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 400
A 160 200 230 310 350 480 600 730 500 600
B 83 103 113 143 173 210 233 245 260 308
E 56 80 87 114 130 156 175 211 232 349
R 115
Actuator R110
Only useType MNActuator,Type Ris not
suitable.
C 242 282 292
−
K 454 478
N 75 100
L 83
P 149
Actuator R150
C
−
277 287 337 357
−
K 593
N 100
L 119
P 187
Actuator R200
C
−
400 420 477 492 539 561
K 671
N 130
L 126
P 240
Actuator R250
C
−
400 420 477 492 539 561
K 711
N 130
L 126
P 296
Actuator R250V
C
−
400 420 477 492 539 561
K 790
N 130
L 126
P 296
102 Data Sheet T 9918 EN 2004-01
Table 6b ⋅ Type 72.3/R ⋅ 1” to 16” ⋅ ANSI Class 150
Valve in 1” 1 ½” 2” 3” 4” 6” 8” 10” 12” 16”
A 184 222 254 298 352 451 543 673 500 600
B 83 103 113 143 173 210 233 245 260 308
E 56 80 87 114 130 156 175 211 232 349
R 115
Actuator R110
Only useType MNActuator,Type Ris not
suitable.
C 242 282 292
−
K 454 478
N 75 100
L 83
P 149
Actuator R150
C
−
277 287 337 357
−
K 593
N 100
L 119
P 187
Actuator R200
C
−
400 420 477 492 539 561
K 671
N 130
L 126
P 240
Actuator R250
C
−
400 420 477 492 539 561
K 711
N 130
L 126
P 296
Actuator R250V
C
−
400 420 477 492 539 561
K 790
N 130
L 126
P 296
Data Sheet T 9918 EN 2004-01 103
Table 6c ⋅ Type 72.3/R ⋅ 1” to 16” ⋅ ANSI Class 300
Valve in 1” 1 ½” 2” 3” 4” 6” 8” 10” 12” 16”
A 196 235 267 317 368 473 568 708 500 600
B 83 103 113 143 173 210 233 245 260 308
E 56 80 87 114 130 156 175 211 232 349
R 115
Actuator R110
Only useType MNActuator,Type Ris not
suitable.
C 242 282 292
−
K 454 478
N 75 100
L 83
P 149
Actuator R150
C
−
277 287 337 357
−
K 593
N 100
L 119
P 187
Actuator R200
C
−
400 420 477 492 539 561
K 671
N 130
L 126
P 240
Actuator R250
C
−
400 420 477 492 539 561
K 711
N 130
L 126
P 296
Actuator R250V
C
−
400 420 477 492 539 561
K 790
N 130
L 126
P 296
104 Data Sheet T 9918 EN 2004-01
Table 6d ⋅ Type 72.4/R ⋅ DN 25 to 300 and 1” to 12” ⋅ PN 10 to 40 and ANSI Class 150/300
Valve DN/in 25/1” 40/1½” 50/2” 80/3” 100/4” 150/6” 200/8” 250/10” 300/12”
A 102 114 125 165 194 229 243 297 338
B 83 103 113 143 173 210 233 245 260
E 56 80 87 114 130 156 175 211 232
R 115
Actuator R110
C 242 282 292
−
K 454 478
N 75 100
L 83
P 149
Actuator R150
C
−
277 287 337 357
−
K 593
N 100
L 119
P 187
Actuator R200
C
−
400 420 477 492 539 561
K 671
N 130
L 126
P 240
Actuator R250
C
−
400 420 477 492 539 561
K 711
N 130
L 126
P 296
Actuator R250V
C
−
400 420 477 492 539 561
K 790
N 130
L 126
P 296
Data Sheet T 9918 EN 2004-01 105
Ordering textType According to Table 1Nominal size DN/in ....Nominal pressure PN/Class ....Body material According to Table 2Seat version With metal sealing or
soft sealingCharacteristic Equal percentage or linearKVS/CV coefficient Acc. to Tables 3a or 3bDirection of flow Standard:
Flow to open = V (FTC)Reverse:Flow to close = H (FTO)
Actuator Type R ....Mounting According to Table 5Fail-safe position upon Valve CLOSED or
supply air failure Valve OPENMax. differential pressure
for actuator .... barSupply pressure .... barBench range .... barAccessories Positioner, limit switch,
solenoid valveOptionally Special versions,
certificates, inspections, etc.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Fig. 8 ⋅ Dimensional drawings for VETEC rotary plug valves: Type 72.3 R (flanged design) and Type 72.4 R (wafer-style design)
Table 7 • Weights in kg
Valve DN/in 25/1” 40/1½” 50/2” 80/3” 100/4” 150/6” 200/8” 250/10” 300/12” 400/16”
Type 72.3 kg 8 15 20 40 50 100 160 220 250 450
72.4 kg 5 8 10 20 30 60 80 140 170 −
Actuator Type R110 R150 R200 R250 R250V
kg 16 27 47 72 95
106 Data Sheet T 9918 EN 2004-01
Maxifluss Rotary Plug Valves
VETEC Types 73.3/R and 73.7/R
ApplicationDouble-eccentric control valve for process engineering,industrial applications, and refineriesNominal sizes DN 25 to 400 ⋅ 1” to 16”Nominal pressures PN 63 to 160 ⋅ ANSI Class 600 to 900Temperatures −100 to 400 °C ⋅ −148 to 752 °F
Maxifluss Type 73.3 and Type 73.7 Rotary Plug Valve with• Single-acting VETEC Type R Diaphragm ActuatorValve body made of• Cast steel or• Stainless cast steelSeat versions• Metal sealingThe control valves can be equipped with various accessoriessuch as positioners, solenoid valves, and other devices con-forming to VDI/VDE 3845.
VersionsStandard versionFor temperatures from −100 to 400 °C (−148 to 752 °F)– Type 73.3/R ⋅ DN 25 to 250 in flanged design with through
holes in the flange,face-to-face dimensions according to EN 558-1 Series 2 withsingle-acting Type R Rotary Actuator
– Type 73.7/R ⋅ DN 25 to 400/1” to 16” in flanged designwith tapped holes in the flange,face-to-face dimensions according to EN 558-1 Series 15with single-acting Type R Rotary Actuator
Further versions with– Double packing– TA-Luft (German clean air act) packing– Noise-reducing features– Heating jacket– Special body and trim materials– Flanged version with groove or tongue
Male or female face according to DIN EN 1092-1 as well asRF and RTJ according to ANSI
– Sealing lens according to DIN 2696– Electric actuator or handwheel– Ceramic seat, plug, and lining– Versions for higher and lower temperatures
Fig. 1 ⋅ VETEC Type 73.3 Rotary Plug Valvewith through holes in the flange andType R Pneumatic Actuator
Fig. 2 ⋅ VETEC Type 73.7 Rotary Plug Valvewith tapped holes in the flange andType R Pneumatic Actuator
Data Sheet T 9919 EN 2004-03 107
Principle of operationThe shaft and the plug are arranged eccentrically, thus imple-menting the double-eccentric design of the Maxifluss rotaryplug valve together with the offset fulcrum (Fig. 3). This dou-ble-eccentric design ensures that the plug clears the seat imme-diately without any initial breakaway torque or friction whenthe plug shaft is turned from closed to open position. The valveopens smoothly, providing a stable control response at smallopening angles.The process medium can flow through the Maxifluss rotary plugvalve in either direction.The standard direction of flow for– Liquids = flow to open FTO
direction of flow “V“– Gases and vapors = flow to close FTC
direction of flow “H“The flow coefficient is determined by the opening angle of theplug.The inherent characteristic of the Maxifluss rotary plug valvescan be converted into a linear or equal percentage characteris-tic using positioners and cam discs.
Fail-safe positionThe control valve offers two possible fail-safe positions in com-bination with the VETEC Type R Diaphragm Actuator in case thesupply air fails:Valve CLOSED without supply air; the Maxifluss rotary plugvalve is closed when the supply air fails.Valve OPEN without supply air; the Maxifluss rotary plug valveis opened when the supply air fails.
Figs. 4 and 5 ⋅ Directions of flow V and H
100
Kv
908070605040
302010
00 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 [%]
Fig. 7 ⋅ Linear or algorithmic characteristic achieved withthe help of a positioner
100
Kv
908070605040302010
00 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 [%]
100
Kv
908070605040302010
00 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 [%]
100
Kv
908070605040302010
00 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 [%]
Fig. 6 ⋅ Inherent characteristic
Direction of flow “H”Medium closes
FTC
Direction of flow “V”Medium opens
FTO
Fig. 3 ⋅ Plug movement with double-eccentric bearing
108 Data Sheet T 9919 EN 2004-03
Table 1 • Technical data for VETEC Type 73.3/7
Maxifluss Type 73.3 73.7
Nominal sizes DN 25 to 250 DN 25 to 400 1” to 16”
Design Flanged with through holes Flanged with tapped holes
Face-to-face dimensions EN 558-1 Series 2 EN 558-1 Series 15
Flange bores according to PN 63/100/160 PN 63/100/160 ANSI Class 600/900
Seat ring Metal sealing
Characteristic Equal percentage or linear (with cam disc in the positioner)
Rangeability 200 : 1
Leakage class acc. to DIN EN 1349 IV-L1
Temperature range
With metal sealing −100 to 400 °C ⋅ −148 to 752 °F
Table 2a • Materials for VETEC Types 73.3/73.7
Body 1.0619/1.4581 1.0619/1.4581A 216 WCC/A 351 CF8M
Seat 1.4571Optionally with stellited seating surface
Plug 1.4581Optionally with stellited seating surface or seating surface of Stellite 6
Shaft 1.4571
Packing PTFE/graphite
Seals Graphite/stainless steel
Table 2b • Materials for Type R Actuator
Housing Steel/aluminum
Diaphragms NBR
Piston Aluminum
Springs Spring steel
Data Sheet T 9919 EN 2004-03 109
Table 3 • Control valve sizing and noise level calculation
Table 3a • KVS, CV, and xFz coefficientsFlanged version with seating surface, male or female face acc. to DIN EN 1092-1 as well as RF and RTJ acc. to ANSI
Seat with metal sealing, direction of flow “V”, FTOFor direction of flow “H”, FTC, KVS is reduced by 20 %
Size DN/in 25/1” 40/112” 50/2” 80/3” 100/4” 150/6” 200/8” 250/10” 300/12” 400/16”
100 % KVS
KVS 16 40 80 245 370 685 950 1925 2680 4200
CV 19 47 94 286 430 800 1110 2252 3135 4914
Seat ∅ 18 26 36 60 76 105 135 170 210 290
xFz 0.75 0.3 0.3 0.25 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.18
60 % KVS
KVS 10 24 48 147 220 410 570 1230 1640 2520
CV 12 28 56 171 256 477 663 1439 1918 2948
Seat ∅ 16 21.5 29.5 50 60 86 106 146 163 225
xFz 0.75 0.34 0.34 0.3 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.19
40 % KVS
KVS 6 16 33 105 150 275 380 770 1070 1680
CV 7 19 38 122 174 320 442 900 1252 1965
Seat ∅ 14 18.5 25.5 44 53 73 88 126 133 184
xFz 0.75 0.39 0.39 0.34 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.20
25 % KVS
KVS 4 12 20 63 93 179 240 480 670 1070
CV 5 14 23 73 108 208 279 561 784 1252
Seat ∅ 10 16 21 37 45 62 73 102 116 160
xFz 0.75 0.43 0.43 0.38 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.21
Table 3b • KVS, CV, and xFz coefficients ⋅ Flanged version with sealing lens according to DIN 2696
Size DN/in 25/1” 40/112” 50/2” 80/3” 100/4” 150/6” 200/8” 250/10” 300/12” 400/16”
100 % KVS
KVS
−
685 950 1925 2680 4200
CV 800 1110 2252 3135 4914
Seat ∅ 105 135 170 210 290
xFz 0.75 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.18
60 % KVS
KVS
−
32 48 147 220 410 570 1230 1640 2520
CV 37 56 171 256 477 663 1439 1918 2948
Seat ∅ 24 29.5 50 60 86 106 146 163 225
xFz 0.75 0.26 0.3 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.19
40 % KVS
KVS
−
16 33 105 150 275 380 770 1070 1680
CV 19 38 122 174 320 442 900 1252 1965
Seat ∅ 18.5 25.5 44 53 73 88 126 133 184
xFz 0.75 0.39 0.34 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.20
25 % KVS
KVS 2 12 20 63 93 179 240 480 670 1070
CV 3 14 23 73 108 208 279 561 784 1252
Seat ∅ 7 16 21 37 45 62 73 102 116 160
xFz 0.75 0.43 0.43 0.38 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.21
110 Data Sheet T 9919 EN 2004-03
Table 3c • FL and xT coefficients
Size DN/in 25/1” 40/112 50/2” 80/3” 100/4” 150/6” 200/8” 250/10” 300/12” 400/16”
100 % KVSFL 0.76 0.76 0.70 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.61
xT 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30
60 % KVSFL 0.81 0.81 0.76 0.70 0.70 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.62
xT 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.50 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35
40 % KVSFL 0.86 0.86 0.81 0.76 0.76 0.76 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.64
xT 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.45
25 % KVSFL 0.89 0.89 0.85 0.82 0.82 0.82 0.72 0.72 0.72 0.65
xT 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.50
Table 4 • Type R Actuator
Type R 110 R 150 R 200 R 250 R 250V
Max. openingangle at travel mm 128 184 200 200 200
Bench range bar 0.4 ... 1.2 0.4 ... 1.2 0.4 ... 1.2 0.4 ... 1.2 1.3 ... 2.4Max. spring torque inNm at ϕ = 0° 32 84 160 249 810
Supply pressure bar Min. 3Max. 6
Min. 3Max. 6
Min. 3Max. 6
Min. 3Max. 6
Min. 3Max. 6
Ambienttemperature
°C −20 ... 70 −20 ... 70 −20 ... 70 −20 ... 70 −20 ... 70°F −4 ... 158 −4 ... 158 −4 ... 158 −4 ... 158 −4 ... 158
Weight kg 16 27 47 72 95
Data Sheet T 9919 EN 2004-03 111
Table 5 • Max. torques in Nm for shafts depending on temperature with Type R ActuatorTable 5a • Shaft material 1.4571 (standard material)
SizeDN/in
Packing∅
mm
Shaft∅
mm
Medium temperature in °C
20 120 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550
Torque in Nm
25/1” 20 17 131 85 82 78 74 70 67 65 64 63 63
40/1½” 20 17 131 85 82 78 74 70 67 65 64 63 63
50/2” 20 17 131 85 82 78 74 70 67 65 64 63 63
80/3” 28 23 325 211 204 195 185 174 168 163 159 157 156
100/4” 35 28 586 382 369 351 333 314 303 294 287 283 281
150/6” 42 36 1246 812 785 747 709 667 644 625 610 602 598
200/8” 42 36 1246 812 785 747 709 667 644 625 610 602 598
250/10” 65 58 4516 3398 3286 3127 2967 2792 2696 2616 2552 2520 2504
300/12” 72 62 5140 4151 4014 3819 3624 3410 3293 3196 3118 3079 3059
400/16” 72 62 5140 4151 4014 3624 3624 3410 3293 3196 3118 3079 3059
Table 5b • Shaft material for higher torques 1.4462 • Higher temperatures on request
SizeDN/in
Packing∅
mm
Shaft∅
mm
Medium temperature in °C
20 50 100 150 200 250
Torques in Nm
25/1” 20 17 154 154 144 134 126 120
40/1½” 20 17 154 154 144 134 126 120
50/2” 20 17 154 154 144 134 126 120
80/3” 28 23 383 383 358 333 313 298
100/4” 35 28 691 691 646 601 565 538
150/6” 42 36 1468 1468 1373 1278 1201 1144
200/8” 42 36 1468 1468 1373 1278 1201 1144
250/10” 65 58 6142 6142 5743 5344 5025 4786
300/12” 72 62 7502 7502 7015 6528 6138 5846
400/16” 72 62 7502 7502 7015 6528 6138 5846
112 Data Sheet T 9919 EN 2004-03
Table 6 • Max. permissible differential pressure when valve is closedTable 6a • Valve CLOSED without supply air - “Spring closes”
SizeDN/in Shaft ∅
Max. shafttorque [Nm]
at 20 °CActuator Type Bench range
in bar
Supply pressure[bar] required to
open
∆pmaxin bar
Torque at plugin Nm
at ϕ = 0°
25/1” 20 130 R110 0.4 ... 1.2 3 95 30
40/1½”20 130 R110 0.4 … 1.2
330 24
20 130 R150 0.4 … 1.2 150 79
50/2”20 130 R110 0.4 … 1.2
315 24
20 130 R150 0.4 … 1.2 75 82
80/3”
28 335 R150 0.4 … 1.2
3
18 80
28 335 R200 0.4 … 1.2 45 152
28 335 R250 0.4 … 1.2 56 182
28 335 R250V 1.3 … 2.4 160 457
100/4”
35 450 R150 0.4 … 1.2
3
150 84
35 450 R200 0.4 … 1.2 22 158
35 450 R250 0.4 … 1.2 26 179
35 450 R250V 1.3 … 2.4 110 611
150/6”
42 1280 R200 0.4 … 1.2
3
6 154
42 1280 R250 0.4 … 1.2 9 188
42 1280 R250V 1.3 … 2.4 45 599
200/8”
42 1280 R200 0.4 … 1.2
3
3 150
42 1280 R250 0.4 … 1.2 5 193
42 1280 R250V 1.3 … 2.4 24 603
250/10” 65 5200
Use Type MN Actuator, Type R is not suitable.300/12” 72 6300
400/16” 72 6300
Table 6b • Valve OPEN without supply air - “Spring opens”
SizeDN/in
Shaft ∅in mm
Max. shafttorque [Nm]
at 20 °CActuator Type Bench range
in bar
Supply pressure[bar] required to
open
∆pmaxin bar
Torque at plugin Nm
at ϕ = 0°
25/1” 20 130 R110 0.4 … 1.2 3 160 44
40/1½”20 130 R110 0.4 … 1.2
3160 82
20 130 R150 0.4 … 1.2 160 84
50/2”20 130 R110 0.4 … 1.2
3100 105
20 130 R150 0.4 … 1.2 160 163
80/3”
28 335 R150 0.4 … 1.2
3
125 364
28 335 R200 0.4 … 1.2 160 457
28 335 R250 0.4 … 1.2 160 457
28 335 R250V 1.3 … 2.4 95 285
100/4”
35 450 R150 0.4 … 1.2
3
125 367
35 450 R200 0.4 … 1.2 130 714
35 450 R250 0.4 … 1.2 155 843
35 450 R250V 1.3 … 2.4 45 276
150/6”
42 1280 R200 0.4 … 1.2
3
55 713
42 1280 R250 0.4 … 1.2 68 861
42 1280 R250V 1.3 … 2.4 17 279
200/8”
42 1280 R200 0.4 … 1.2
3
28 689
42 1280 R250 0.4 … 1.2 35 840
42 1280 R250V 1.3 … 2.4 9 280
250/10” 65 5200
Use Type MN Actuator, Type R is not suitable.300/12” 72 6300
400/16” 72 6300
Data Sheet T 9919 EN 2004-03 113
Table 7 • Dimensions in mm
Table 7a • Type 73.3 R Control Valve
Actuator R110 R150 R200 R250 R250V
DN L B A E F H3 E F H3 E F H3 E F H3 E F H3
25 230 118 132 65 115 529 140 115 693
40 260 142 137 83 115 578 140 115 693 −
50 300 152 147 83 115 578 140 115 693 203 115 801
80 380 174 197 140 115 693 203 115 801 203 115 841 203 115 920
100 430 189 217 140 115 693 203 115 801 203 115 841 203 115 920
150 550 237 294 183 115 801 183 115 841 183 115 920
200 650 259 309 − 183 115 801 183 115 841 183 115 920
250 775 300 395 Use Type MN Actuator, Type R is not suitable.
Table 7b • Type 73.7 R Control Valve
Actuator R110 R150 R200 R250 R250V
DN L B A E F H3 E F H3 E F H3 E F H3 E F H3
25/1” 120 121 132 65 115 529 140 115 693
40/1½” 240 142 137 83 115 578 140 115 693 −
50/2” 250 152 147 83 115 578 140 115 693 203 115 801
80/3” 280 174 197 140 115 693 203 115 801 203 115 841 203 115 920
100/4” 300 190 217 140 115 693 203 115 801 203 115 841 203 115 920
150/6” 350 237 294 183 115 801 183 115 841 183 115 920
200/8” 400 259 309 183 115 801 183 115 841 183 115 920
250/10” 450 301 395 −
Use Type MN Actuator, Type R is not suitable.300/12” 500 325 495
400/16” 600 360 500
Fig. 8 ⋅ Dimensional drawing for VETEC Types 73.3 R and 73.7 R Rotary Plug Valves
114 Data Sheet T 9919 EN 2004-03
Table 8 • Mounting positions for Type R Actuator
Mounting B-Ps
Medium opensDirection of flow “V”FTO
Medium closesDirection of flow “H”FTC
Mounting B-Po
Mounting C-Po
Mounting D-Po
Mounting A-Po
Mounting C-Ps
Mounting D-Ps
Mounting A-Ps
Mounting Ps ⋅ Valve OPEN without supply airAir to close - Spring opens
Mounting Po ⋅ Valve CLOSED without supply airAir to open - Spring closes
Data Sheet T 9919 EN 2004-03 115
Ordering textType According to Table 1Nominal size DN/in ....Nominal pressure PN/Class ....Body material According to Table 2Seat version With metal sealingCharacteristic Equal percentage or linearKVS/CV coefficient According to Tables 3a or 3bDirection of flow Standard:
Flow to open = V (FTO)Reverse:Flow to close = H (FTC)
Actuator Type R ....According to Tables 4 and 5
Mounting position According to Table 8Fail-safe position Valve CLOSED or valve OPENMax. differential pressure
for actuator .... barSupply pressure .... barBench range .... barAccessories Positioner, limit switch,
solenoid valveOptionally Special versions,
certificates, inspections, etc.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Table 9 • Weights in kg for Type 73.3 Valve, PN 63 to 160 with DIN face-to-face dimensions and forType 73.7 Valve, PN 63 to 160/ANSI Class 600 to 900 in short version
Valve DN/in 25/1” 40/1½” 50/2” 80/3” 100/4” 150/6” 200/8” 250/10” 300/12” 400/16”
Type 73.3 kg 15 24 40 60 75 220 290 470 620 On requ.
73.7 kg 12 20 28 45 60 180 250 390 510 965
Actuator Type R110 R150 R200 R250 R250V
kg 16 27 47 72 95
116 Data Sheet T 9919 EN 2004-03
Maxifluss Rotary Plug Valves
VETEC Types 73.3/M and 73.7/M
ApplicationDouble-eccentric control valve for process engineering,industrial applications, and refineriesNominal sizes DN 25 to 400 ⋅ 1” to 16”Nominal pressure PN 63 to 160 ⋅ ANSI Class 600 to 900Temperatures −100 to 400 °C ⋅ −148 to 752 °F
Maxifluss Type 73.3 and Type 73.7 Rotary Plug Valve with• Single-acting VETEC Type M Rotary Diaphragm ActuatorValve body made of• Cast steel or• Stainless cast steelSeat versions• Metal sealingThe control valves can be equipped with various accessoriessuch as positioners, solenoid valves, and other devices con-forming to VDI/VDE 3845.
VersionsStandard versionFor temperatures from −100 to 400 °C (−148 to 752 °F)– Type 73.3/M ⋅ DN 25 to 250 in flanged design with
through holes in the flange,face-to-face dimensions according to EN 558-1 Series 2 withsingle-acting Type M Rotary Actuator
– Type 73.7/M ⋅ DN 25 to 400/1” to 16” in flanged designwith tapped holes in the flange,face-to-face dimensions according to EN 558-1 Series 15with single-acting Type M Rotary Actuator
Further versions with– Double packing– TA-Luft (German clean air act) packing– Noise-reducing features– Heating jacket– Special body and trim materials– Flanged version with groove or tongue,
Male or female according to DIN EN 1092-1 as well asRF and RTJ according to ANSI
– Sealing lens according to DIN 2696– Electric actuators or handwheel– Ceramic seat, plug, and lining– Versions for higher and lower temperatures
Fig. 1 ⋅ VETEC Maxifluss Type 73.3/M Rotary Plug Valvewith tapped holes in the flange andType M Pneumatic Actuator
Fig. 2 ⋅ VETEC Maxifluss Type 73.3/M Rotary Plug Valve,side view of Type M Pneumatic Actuator
Data Sheet T 9920 EN 2004-03 117
Principle of operationThe shaft and the plug are arranged eccentrically, thus imple-menting the double-eccentric design of the Maxifluss rotaryplug valve together with the offset fulcrum (Fig. 3). This dou-ble-eccentric design ensures that the plug clears the seat imme-diately without any initial breakaway torque or friction whenthe plug shaft is turned from closed to open position. The valveopens smoothly, providing a stable control response at smallopening angles.The process medium can flow through the Maxifluss rotary plugvalve in either direction.The standard direction of flow for– Liquids = flow to open FTO
direction of flow “V“– Gases and vapors = flow to close FTC
direction of flow “H“The flow coefficient is determined by the opening angle of theplug.The inherent characteristic of the Maxifluss rotary plug valvescan be converted into a linear or equal percentage characteris-tic using positioners and cam discs.
Fail-safe positionThe control valve offers two possible fail-safe positions in com-bination with the VETEC Type M Rotary Diaphragm Actuator incase the supply air fails:Valve CLOSED without supply air; the Maxifluss rotary plugvalve is closed when the supply air fails.Valve OPEN without supply air; the Maxifluss rotary plug valveis opened when the supply air fails.
Figs. 4 and 5 ⋅ Directions of flow V and H
100
Kv
908070605040
302010
00 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 [%]
Fig. 7 ⋅ Linear or algorithmic characteristic achieved withthe help of a positioner
100
Kv
908070605040302010
00 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 [%]
100
Kv
908070605040302010
00 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 [%]
100
Kv
908070605040302010
00 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 [%]
Fig. 6 ⋅ Inherent characteristic
Direction of flow “H”Medium closes
FTC
Direction of flow “V”Medium opens
FTO
Fig. 3 ⋅ Plug movement with double-eccentric bearing
118 Data Sheet T 9920 EN 2004-03
Table 1 • Technical data for VETEC Type 73.3/7
Maxifluss Type 73.3 73.7
Nominal sizes DN 25 to 250 DN 25 to 400 1” to 16”
Design Flanged with through holes Flanged with tapped holes
Face-to-face dimensions EN 558-1 Series 2 EN 558-1 Series 15
Flange bores according to PN 63/100/160 PN 63/100/160 ANSI Class 600/900
Seat ring Metal sealing
Characteristic Equal percentage or linear (with cam disc in the positioner)
Rangeability 200 : 1
Leakage class acc. to DIN EN 1349 IV-L1
Temperature range
With metal sealing −100 to 400 °C ⋅ −148 to 752 °F
Table 2a • Materials for VETEC Types 73.3/73.7
Body 1.0619/1.4581 1.0619/1.4581A 216 WCC/A 351 CF8M
Seat 1.4571Optionally with stellited seating surface
Plug 1.4581Optionally with stellited seating surface or seating surface of Stellite 6
Shaft 1.4571
Packing PTFE/graphite
Seals Graphite/stainless steel
Table 2b • Materials for Type M Actuator
Housing Steel
Diaphragms NBR
Diaphragm plate Aluminum
Springs Spring steel
Data Sheet T 9920 EN 2004-03 119
Table 3 • Control valve sizing and noise level calculation
Table 3a • KVS, CV, and xFz coefficientsFlanged version with seating surface, male or female face acc. to DIN EN 1092-1 as well as RF and RTJ acc. to ANSI
Seat with metal sealing, direction of flow “V”, FTOFor direction of flow “H”, FTC, KVS is reduced by 20 %
Size DN/in 25/1” 40/1½” 50/2” 80/3” 100/4” 150/6” 200/8” 250/10” 300/12” 400/16”
100 % KVS
KVS 16 40 80 245 370 685 950 1925 2680 4200
CV 19 47 94 286 430 800 1110 2252 3135 4914
Seat ∅ 18 26 36 60 76 105 135 170 210 290
xFz 0.75 0.3 0.3 0.25 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.18
60 % KVS
KVS 10 24 48 147 220 410 570 1230 1640 2520
CV 12 28 56 171 256 477 663 1439 1918 2948
Seat ∅ 16 21.5 29.5 50 60 86 106 146 163 225
xFz 0.75 0.34 0.34 0.3 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.19
40 % KVS
KVS 6 16 33 105 150 275 380 770 1070 1680
CV 7 19 38 122 174 320 442 900 1252 1965
Seat ∅ 14 18.5 25.5 44 53 73 88 126 133 184
xFz 0.75 0.39 0.39 0.34 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.20
25 % KVS
KVS 4 12 20 63 93 179 240 480 670 1070
CV 5 14 23 73 108 208 279 561 784 1252
Seat ∅ 10 16 21 37 45 62 73 102 116 160
xFz 0.75 0.43 0.43 0.38 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.21
Table 3b • KVS, CV, and xFz coefficients ⋅ Flanged version with sealing lens according to DIN 2696
Size DN/in 25/1” 40/1½” 50/2” 80/3” 100/4” 150/6” 200/8” 250/10” 300/12” 400/16”
100 % KVS
KVS
−
685 950 1925 2680 4200
CV 800 1110 2252 3135 4914
Seat ∅ 105 135 170 210 290
xFz 0.75 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.18
60 % KVS
KVS
−
32 48 147 220 410 570 1230 1640 2520
CV 37 56 171 256 477 663 1439 1918 2948
Seat ∅ 24 29.5 50 60 86 106 146 163 225
xFz 0.75 0.26 0.3 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.19
40 % KVS
KVS
−
16 33 105 150 275 380 770 1070 1680
CV 19 38 122 174 320 442 900 1252 1965
Seat ∅ 18.5 25.5 44 53 73 88 126 133 184
xFz 0.75 0.39 0.34 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.20
25 % KVS
KVS 2 12 20 63 93 179 240 480 670 1070
CV 3 14 23 73 108 208 279 561 784 1252
Seat ∅ 7 16 21 37 45 62 73 102 116 160
xFz 0.75 0.43 0.43 0.38 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.21
120 Data Sheet T 9920 EN 2004-03
Table 3c • FL and xT coefficients
Size DN/in 25/1” 40/1½” 50/2” 80/3” 100/4” 150/6” 200/8” 250/10” 300/12” 400/16”
100 % KVSFL 0.76 0.76 0.70 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.61
xT 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30
60 % KVSFL 0.81 0.81 0.76 0.70 0.70 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.62
xT 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.50 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35
40 % KVSFL 0.86 0.86 0.81 0.76 0.76 0.76 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.64
xT 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.45
25 % KVSFL 0.89 0.89 0.85 0.82 0.82 0.82 0.72 0.72 0.72 0.65
xT 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.50
Table 4 • Type M Actuator
Type MN 450/100 MN 450/100V MN 700/130 MN 700/130V
Max. openingangle at travel mm 100 100 130 130
Bench range bar 0.4 ... 1.2 1.0 ... 2.0 0.4 ... 1.2 0.68 ... 1.95
Max. spring torque inNm at ϕ = 0° 545 1362 1531 2603
Supply pressure bar Max. 3 Max. 3 Max. 3 Max. 3
Ambienttemperature
°C −20 ... 70 −20 ... 70 −20 ... 70 −20 ... 70
°F −4 ... 158 −4 ... 158 −4 ... 158 −4 ... 158
Weight kg 165 165 510 510
Data Sheet T 9920 EN 2004-03 121
Table 5 • Max. torques in Nm for shafts depending on temperature with Type M ActuatorTable 5a • Shaft material1.4571 (standard material)
SizeDN/in
Packing∅
mm
Shaft∅
mm
Medium temperature in °C
20 120 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550
Torque in Nm
25/1” 20 17 131 85 82 78 74 70 67 65 64 63 63
40/1½” 20 17 131 85 82 78 74 70 67 65 64 63 63
50/2” 20 17 131 85 82 78 74 70 67 65 64 63 63
80/3” 28 23 325 211 204 195 185 174 168 163 159 157 156
100/4” 35 28 586 382 369 351 333 314 303 294 287 283 281
150/6” 42 36 1246 812 785 747 709 667 644 625 610 602 598
200/8” 42 36 1246 812 785 747 709 667 644 625 610 602 598
250/10” 65 58 4516 3398 3286 3127 2967 2792 2696 2616 2552 2520 2504
300/12” 72 62 5140 4151 4014 3819 3624 3410 3293 3196 3118 3079 3059
400/16” 72 62 5140 4151 4014 3819 3624 3410 3293 3196 3118 3079 3059
Table 5b • Shaft material for higher torques 1.4462 • Higher temperatures on request
SizeDN/in
Packing∅
mm
Shaft∅
mm
Medium temperature in °C
20 50 100 150 200 250
Torque in Nm
25/1” 20 17 154 154 144 134 126 120
40/1½” 20 17 154 154 144 134 126 120
50/2” 20 17 154 154 144 134 126 120
80/3” 28 23 383 383 358 333 313 298
100/4” 35 28 691 691 646 601 565 538
150/6” 42 36 1468 1468 1373 1278 1201 1144
200/8” 42 36 1468 1468 1373 1278 1201 1144
250/10” 65 58 6142 6142 5743 5344 5025 4786
300/12” 72 62 7502 7502 7015 6528 6138 5846
400/16” 72 62 7502 7502 7015 6528 6138 5846
Note on Table 6Permissible differential pressures for versions with additional O-Ring or TA-Luft packing available on request
122 Data Sheet T 9920 EN 2004-03
Table 6 • Max. permissible differential pressure when valve is closedTable 6a • Valve CLOSED without supply air - “Spring closes”
SizeDN/in Shaft ∅
Max. shafttorque [Nm]
at 20 °CActuator Type Bench range
in bar
Supply pressure[bar] required to
open
∆pmaxin bar
Torque at plugin Nm
at ϕ = 0°
25/1” ... 50/2” 20 130
Use Type R Actuator, Type MN is not suitable.80/3” 28 335
100/4” 35 450
150/6” 42 1280
MN 450/100 0.4 ... 1.2
3
40 542
MN 450/100V 1.0 ... 2.0 110 1340
MN 700/130 0.4 ... 1.2 160 1910
MN 700/130V 0.68 ... 1.95 160 1910
200/8” 42 1280
MN 450/100 0.4 ... 1.2
3
22 560
MN 450/100V 1.0 ... 2.0 60 1379
MN 700/130 0.4 ... 1.2 100 2241
MN 700/130V 0.68 ... 1.95 115 2564
250/10” 65 5200
MN 450/100 0.4 ... 1.2
3
10 533
MN 450/100V 1.0 ... 2.0 30 1321
MN 700/130 0.4 ... 1.2 55 1391
MN 700/130V 0.68 ... 1.95 60 2502
300/12” 72 6300
MN 450/100 0.4 ... 1.2
3
6 570
MN 450/100V 1.0 ... 2.0 18 1391
MN 700/130 0.4 ... 1.2 30 2212
MN 700/130V 0.68 ... 1.95 35 2554
400/16” 72 6300
MN 450/100 0.4 ... 1.2
3
3 626
MN 450/100V 1.0 ... 2.0 8 1404
MN 700/130 0.4 ... 1.2 14 2337
MN 700/130V 0.68 ... 1.95 15 2492
Table 6b • Valve CLOSED without supply air - “Spring opens”
SizeDN/in Shaft ∅
Max. shafttorque [Nm]
at 20 °CActuator Type Bench range
in bar
Supply pressure[bar] required to
open
∆pmaxin bar
Torque at plugin Nm
at ϕ = 0°
25/1”...50/2” 20 130
Use Type R Actuator, Type MN is not suitable.80/3” 28 335
100/4” 35 450
150/6” 42 1280
MN 450/100 0.4 ... 1.2
3
160 1910
MN 450/100V 1.0 ... 2.0 110 1340
MN 700/130 0.4 ... 1.2 160 1910
MN 700/130V 0.68 ... 1.95 160 1910
200/8” 42 1280
MN 450/100 0.4 ... 1.2
3
110 2456
MN 450/100V 1.0 ... 2.0 60 1379
MN 700/130 0.4 ... 1.2 160 3534
MN 700/130V 0.68 ... 1.95 160 3534
250/10” 65 5200
MN 450/100 0.4 ... 1.2
3
60 2502
MN 450/100V 1.0 ... 2.0 30 1321
MN 700/130 0.4 ... 1.2 160 6439
MN 700/130V 0.68 ... 1.95 100 4077
300/12” 72 6300
MN 450/100 0.4 ... 1.2
3
35 2554
MN 450/100V 1.0 ... 2.0 18 1391
MN 700/130 0.4 ... 1.2 100 7002
MN 700/130V 0.68 ... 1.95 55 3923
400/16” 72 6300
MN 450/100 0.4 ... 1.2
3
15 2492
MN 450/100V 1.0 ... 2.0 8 1404
MN 700/130 0.4 ... 1.2 45 7157
MN 700/130V 0.68 ... 1.95 25 4047
Data Sheet T 9920 EN 2004-03 123
Table 7 • Dimensions in mm
Table 7a • Type 73.3/M Control Valve • Face-to-face dimensions according to EN 558 Series 2
Valve Actuator MN 450 MN 700
DN L B A E F H3 E F H3
25 230 118 132
Use Type R Actuator, Type MN is not suitable.
40 260 142 137
50 300 152 147
80 380 174 197
100 430 189 217
150 550 237 294
317 115 1441 378 115 1586
200 650 259 309
250 775 300 395
300 900 325 495
400 On request
Table 7b • Type 73.7/M Control Valve • Face-to-face dimensions according to EN 558 Series 15
Valve Actuator MN 450 MN 700
DN/in L B A E F H3 E F H3
25/1” 150 118 132
Use Type R Actuator, Type MN is not suitable.
40/1½” 240 142 137
50/2” 250 152 147
80/3” 280 174 197
100/4” 300 189 217
150/6” 350 237 294
317 115 1441 378 115 1586
200/8” 400 259 309
250/10” 450 300 395
300/12” 500 325 495
400/16” On request
Fig. 8 ⋅ Dimensional drawing for VETEC Types 73.3 M and 73.7 M Rotary Plug Valves
124 Data Sheet T 9920 EN 2004-03
Table 8 • Mounting positions for Type R Actuator
Mounting D-Ps
Medium opensDirection of flow “V”FTO
Medium closesDirection of flow “H”FTC
Mounting D-Po
Mounting B-Po Mounting B-Ps
Mounting Ps ⋅ Valve CLOSED without supply airAir to close - Spring opens
Mounting Po ⋅ Valve CLOSED without supply airAir to open - Spring closes
Table 9 • Weights in kg for Type 73.3 Valve, PN 63 to 160 with DIN face-to-face dimensions and forType 73.7 Valve, PN 63 to 160/ANSI Class 600 to 900 in short version
Valve DN/in 25/1” 40/1½” 50/2” 80/3” 100/4” 150/6” 200/8” 250/10” 300/12” 400/16”
Type73.3 kg 15 24 40 60 75 220 290 470 620 a. A.
73.7 kg 12 20 28 45 60 180 250 390 510 965
Actuator Type MN 450 MN 700
kg 165 510
Data Sheet T 9920 EN 2004-03 125
Ordering textType According to Table 1Nominal size DN/in ....Nominal pressure PN/Class ....Body material According to Table 2aSeat version With metal sealingCharacteristic Equal percentage or linearKVS/CV coefficient According to Tables 3a or 3bDirection of flow Standard:
Flow to open = V (FTO)Reverse:Flow to close = H (FTC)
Actuator Type M ....According to Tables 4 and 5
Mounting position According to Table 8Fail-safe position Valve CLOSED or valve OPENMax. differential pressure
for actuator .... barSupply pressure .... barBench range .... barAccessories Positioner, limit switch,
solenoid valveOptionally Special versions,
certificates, inspections, etc.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
126 Data Sheet T 9920 EN 2004-03
Maxifluss Rotary Plug Valves withLow-noise TrimsSM 1.x ... SM 4.x
ApplicationValve components designed to reduce the noise level forinstallation into Types 72.x and 73.x Rotary Plug Valves
When controlling gases or vapors, the noise emission gener-ated by the control valves and the attached pipeline depends onthe free jet that forms at the vena contracta and its turbulent mix-ing zone.The Series SM 1.x to SM 4.x Low-noise Trims represent particu-larly effective and cost-efficient noise-reducing features as theyshorten the free jet and speed up the energy exchange in themixing zone when controlling gases and vapors.
Special features• Effective, reliable, and low-cost trims designed to reduce the
noise level• Face-to-face dimensions of the valve remain unchanged• Retrofitting possible• Effective in either direction of flow• Adaptable to specific operating conditions
VersionsThe trims are available as seat ring, cone or as a combination ofseat ring and cone.
Direction of flow “flow to open“ (FTO):– SM 1.0 ⋅ Perforated seat ring– SM 2.0 ⋅ Short perforated cone– SM 3.0 ⋅ Long perforated cone– SM 4.0 ⋅ Perforated seat ring plus short perforated cone
Direction of flow “flow to close“ (FTC):– SM 1.5 ⋅ Perforated seat ring– SM 2.5 ⋅ Short perforated cone– SM 3.5 ⋅ Long perforated cone– SM 4.5 ⋅ Perforated seat ring plus short perforated cone
Further versionsLow-noise trims for liquids
Fig. 1 ⋅ Type 72.x with SM 1.0 Low-noise Trim
Fig. 2 ⋅ Type 72.x with SM 3.5 Low-noise Trim
Data Sheet T 9922 EN 2004-03 127
Principle of operationThe plug acts as the variable resistance that throttles the mediumflow. The low-noise trims split the entering or exiting medium jetinto small jets with a short free jet.The energy exchange in the mixing zone is sped up, reducingthe noise level by up to 20 dB compared to a standard valve.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Direction of flowThe process medium can flow through the Maxifluss rotary plugvalves in either direction.For gases and vapors, the preferred direction of flow is “flow toclose“ (FTC).In special cases, the valve can also be used with direction offlow “flow to open“ (FTO).The Types SM x.0 and SM x.5 Low-noise Trims must be selectedaccordingly (refer to Figs. 4 to 11).
120
LpA [dB (A)]
110
100
90
80
70
600.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 x0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Effectiveness of the low-noise trimsThe diagram plots the noise level (LpA (dB(A)) versus the differential pressure ratio X = ∆p/p1 with and without noise-reducing valvetrims.
Fig. 3 ⋅ Noise level curves with and without low-noise valve trims
With andWithout low-noise valve trims
128 Data Sheet T 9922 EN 2004-03
FTO - flow to open FTC - flow to close
Fig. 11 ⋅ SM 4.5 - Perforated seat ring and short perforatedcone, direction of flow “H”
Fig. 7 ⋅ SM 4.0 - Perforated seat ring and short perforated cone,direction of flow “V”
Fig. 10 ⋅ SM 3.5 - Long perforated cone, direction of flow “H”Fig. 6 ⋅ SM 3.0 - Long perforated cone, direction of flow “V”
Fig. 9 ⋅ SM 2.5 - Short perforated cone, direction of flow “H”Fig. 5 ⋅ SM 2.0 - Short perforated cone, direction of flow “V”
Fig. 8 ⋅ SM 1.5 - Perforated seat ring, direction of flow “H”Fig. 4 ⋅ SM 1.0 - Perforated seat ring, direction of flow “V”
Data Sheet T 9922 EN 2004-03 129
Pneumatic Rotary Actuators Types SRP and DAP
Pfeiffer Type BR 31a
ApplicationSingle- or double-acting piston actuator for butterfly valves andother final control elements with rotary closure membersMaximum opening angle ϕ = 94°
The Types BR 31a Pneumatic Rotary Actuators are piston actua-tors for throttling or on/off service.
Special features• Externally adjustable travel stops (±4°)• Square-end position either diagonal (European standard) or
parallel• Position indicator can be customized (in steps of 45°)• No special tools needed for mounting and conversion• Various spring cartridges• Power transmission without clearance thanks to involute
serrations• Direction of rotation can be reversed without additional
components• Special surface treatment method• Designed for signal pressures up to 8 bar and for continuous
operation at temperatures from −20 to 80 °CAttachment of positioner, limit switch, solenoid valve, and otherdevices conforming to VDI/VDE 3845.
VersionsType SRP (Figs. 1 and 2) ⋅ Single-acting pneumatic rotary ac-tuator with spring-return mechanism in sizes 15 to 5000Type DAP ⋅ Double-acting pneumatic rotary actuator withoutspring-return mechanism in sizes 15 to 5000
Further versions– With manual override– For continuous operation at temperatures from −20 to 150 °C
using Viton O-rings or– For continuous operation at temperatures from −40 to 80 °C
using silicone gaskets– With opening angles of 120° and 180°– Three-position actuator– With hydraulic rotating speed adjuster– Stainless steel rotary actuator
Fig. 1 ⋅ Pfeiffer Type BR 31a Rotary Actuator, Type SRP 220
Fig. 2 ⋅ Pfeiffer Type BR 31a Rotary Actuator, Type SRP 5000
Data Sheet T 9929 EN 2004-02 131
Principle of operationThe signal pressure pst generates a force at the piston surfacewhich is balanced either by the compression springs in the actu-ator (single-acting version) or by a corresponding counterpres-sure (double-acting version).The force generated at the pistons is converted into a rotary mo-tion using the pinion shaft. The adjustable travel stops for OPENand CLOSED position allow the end positions to be finetuned to±4°.In the single-acting version, the spring return torque and the re-quired signal pressure are determined by the number ofsprings.Fig. 4 shows the usable air torques– MdLE for the single-acting version– MdLD for the double-acting versionand the usable spring torques MdF depending on the openingangle ϕ.
Fail-safe positionThe Type SRP Rotary Actuator offers two possible fail-safe ac-tions (rotary motions) in case the supply air fails or the pistonsare relieved of pressure. The rotation directions apply whenlooking from the actuator towards the valve."Springs turn clockwise"Springs rotate clockwise when the pressure drops."Springs turn counterclockwise"Springs rotate counterclockwise when the pressure drops.The Type DAP Actuator is designed without springs. The actua-tor does not move to a defined end position when the supply airfails.
Ordering textActuator type BR 31a, Type DAP or SRPSize 15, 30, 60, 100, 150, 220, 300, 450,
600, 900, 1200, 2000, 3000 or 5000No. of springs Only for single-acting Type SRPFail-safe action Springs turn clockwise or counterclockwise
(only for single-acting Type SRP)Supply pressure .... barOperating range No. of springs or bench rangeVDI/VDE bracket For attachment of positioner or
signaling devices
Specifications subject to change without notice.
100%
66%
33%
0˚ 90˚
MdLE
MdF
MdLD
0%
Fig. 4 ⋅ Torques at recommended supply pressure
Fig. 3 ⋅ Pfeiffer Type BR 31a Rotary Actuator
132 Data Sheet T 9929 EN 2004-02
Table 1 ⋅ Technical data for Type BR 31a Rotary Actuators
Principle of operation Single-acting or double-acting
Max. permissible signal pressure 8 bar
Sizes Type 15 to Type 5000 (8.3 to 6300 Nm)
Connection to valve EN 12116/DIN 3337
Connection topositioner orsignaling devices
Types 15 to 150 VDI/VDE 3845, size 1
Types 220 to 600 VDI/VDE 3845, size 2
Types 900 to 5000 VDI/VDE 3845, size 4
Connection to pilot valve VDI/VDE 3845
Permissible temperature range −20 to 80 °C in continuous operation
Table 2 ⋅ Materials
Housing AlMgSi0.5 F25
Cover GD-AlSi8.5 Cu3.5 Fe
Shaft ASTM A 105
Compression spring cartridge ASTM A 401
Piston GD-AlSi8.5 Cu3.5 Fe
Table 3 ⋅ Torques in Nm for double-acting Type DAP Actuators
TypeDAP
Torques in Nm at supply pressure
2.5 3 3.5 4 4.2 4.5 5 5.5 6 6.5 7 7.5 8
15 8.3 10 11.6 13.3 14 15 16.6 18.3 19.9 21.6 23.3 24.9 26.6
30 14.7 17.6 20.5 23.5 24.6 26.4 29.3 32 35.2 38.1 41 44 46.9
60 29.1 34.9 40.7 46.5 48.9 52.4 58.2 64 69.8 75.6 81.4 87.3 93.1
100 45.8 54.9 64.1 73.2 76.9 82.4 91.5 101 110 120 128 138 146
150 66.5 79.8 93.1 106 112 120 133 146 160 173 186 199 213
220 107 129 150 172 181 193 215 236 258 279 301 322 344
300 138 166 194 222 233 249 277 305 332 360 388 415 443
450 217 261 304 348 365 391 435 478 522 565 609 652 696
600 284 340 397 454 477 511 567 624 681 737 794 851 908
900 383 459 536 613 643 689 766 842 919 996 1072 1149 1225
1200 532 638 745 851 893 957 1064 1170 1276 1383 1489 1595 1702
2000 893 1072 1251 1430 1501 1608 1787 1966 2144 2318 2502 2684 2859
3000 1297 1556 1815 2075 2179 2334 2594 2853 3112 3372 3631 3890 4150
5000 2252 2703 3153 3604 3784 4054 4504 4955 5405 5855 6306 −
Data Sheet T 9929 EN 2004-02 133
Table 4a ⋅ Torques in Nm for single-acting Type SRP Actuators at 2.5 to 4.2 bar supply pressureRecommended actuator setups highlighted in gray
TypeSRP
No. ofsprings
Air torques in Nm at 2.5 to 4.2 bar Spring torques
2.5 bar 3 bar 3.5 bar 4 bar 4.2 bar Start Stop
0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0°
15
2/3 4.9 3.4 6.6 5.1 8.3 6.8 9.9 8.4 10.6 9.1 4.9 3.4
3 4.3 2.5 5.9 4.1 7.6 5.8 9.3 7.4 9.9 8.1 5.8 4.0
3/4 5.3 3.1 6.9 4.8 8.6 6.5 9.2 7.1 6.8 4.7
4−
6.2 3.8 7.9 5.5 8.6 6.2 7.8 5.4
4/5 7.2 4.5 7.9 5.2 8.8 6.1
30
2/3 9.1 6.2 12 9.2 15 12.1 17.9 15 19.1 16.2 8.4 5.5
3 8 4.5 10.9 7.5 13.9 10.4 16.8 13.3 18 14.5 10.1 7
3/4 9.8 5.8 12.8 8.7 15.7 11.6 16.9 12.8 11.8 7.8
4−
11.6 7 14.6 10 15.7 11.1 13.5 8.9
4/5 13.5 8.3 14.6 9.4 15.2 10
60
2/3 18 11.8 23.8 17.6 29.7 23.4 35.5 29.2 37.8 31.6 17.3 11.1
3 15.8 8.3 21.6 14.1 27.5 19.9 33.3 25.8 35.6 28.1 20.8 13
3/4 19.4 10.7 25.2 16.5 31.1 22.3 33.4 24.6 24.2 15.5
4−
23 13 28.8 18.8 31.2 21.2 27.7 17.7
4/5 26.6 15.4 29 17.7 31.2 19.9
100
2/3 27.4 16.9 36.6 26 45.7 35.2 59.4 44.3 58.5 48 28.9 18.3
3 23.8 11.1 32.9 20.3 42.1 29.4 51.2 38.6 54.9 42.2 34.7 22
3/4 29.2 14.5 38.4 23.6 47.5 32.8 51.2 36.4 40.4 25.7
4−
34.7 17.9 43.9 27 47.5 30.7 46.2 29.3
4/5 40.2 21.2 43.9 24.9 52 33
150
2/3 41.1 27.1 54.4 40.4 67.7 53.7 81 67 86.3 72.3 39.4 25.3
3 36.1 19.2 49.4 32.5 62.7 45.8 76 59.1 81.3 64.4 47.3 30
3/4 44.3 24.6 57.6 37.9 70.9 51.2 76.2 56.5 55.1 35.5
4−
52.5 30 65.8 43.3 71.1 48.7 63 40.5
4/5 60.8 35.5 66.1 40.8 70.9 45.6
220
2/3 66.5 41.9 87.9 63.4 109.4 84.9 131 106.4 140 115 65.5 41
3 58.3 28.8 79.7 50.3 101.2 71.8 123 93.3 131 101.9 78.6 49.2
3/4 71.5 37.2 93 58.7 115 80.2 123 88.8 91.7 57.4
4−
84.8 45.6 106 67.1 115 75.7 105 65.6
4/5 98 54 107 63.6 118 73.8
300
2/3 86 56 114 84 141 111 169 139 180 150 82 53
3 75 40 103 67 131 95 159 123 170 134 99 63
3/4 93 51 120 79 148 106 159 117 115 74
4−
110 62 138 90 149 101 132 84
4/5 127 73 138 84 148 95
134 Data Sheet T 9929 EN 2004-02
TypeSRP
No. ofsprings
Air torques in Nm at 2.5 to 4.2 bar Spring torques
2.5 bar 3 bar 3.5 bar 4 bar 4.2 bar Start Stop
0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0°
450
2/3 135 89 179 132 222 176 265 219 283 236 129 82
3 119 63 162 106 206 150 249 193 266 211 155 99
3/4 146 80 189 124 233 167 250 185 180 115
4−
173 98 216 142 233 159 206 132
4/5 200 116 217 133 232 145
600
2/3 171 118 228 174 285 231 342 288 364 310 166 112
3 149 84 206 141 262 198 319 255 342 277 199 135
3/4 183 108 240 165 297 221 319 244 233 157
4−
218 131 274 188 297 211 266 180
4/5 252 155 275 178 299 202
900
2/3 225 146 301 223 378 299 455 376 485 406 237 158
3 193 99 270 175 346 252 423 329 454 359 284 190
3/4 238 128 315 205 391 281 422 312 332 221
4−
283 157 360 234 390 264 379 253
4/5 328 186 359 217 426 285
1200
2/3 319 217 426 323 532 430 638 536 681 578 315 213
3 277 154 383 260 489 347 596 473 638 515 378 255
3/4 341 197 447 304 553 410 596 453 441 298
4−
404 241 511 347 553 390 504 340
4/5 468 284 511 327 567 383
2000
2/3 533 372 712 551 890 730 1069 908 1141 980 521 360
3 461 268 640 447 818 625 997 804 1068 876 625 433
3/4 568 343 746 521 925 700 996 771 730 505
4−
674 417 853 596 924 667 834 577
4/5 781 491 852 563 938 649
3000
2/3 751 496 1011 755 1270 1015 1529 1274 1633 1378 801 546
3 642 336 902 595 1161 854 1420 1114 1524 1217 961 655
3/4 792 435 1052 694 1311 954 1415 1057 1121 764
4−
943 534 1202 793 1306 897 1281 873
4/5 1093 633 1197 737 1442 982
5000
2/3 1332 1014 1783 1465 2233 1915 2684 2365 2864 2546 1238 920
3 1149 767 1599 1217 2049 1667 2500 2118 2680 2298 1486 1104
3/4 1415 969 1865 1420 2316 1870 2496 2050 1733 1288
4−
1682 1172 2132 1623 2312 1803 1981 1472
4/5 1948 1375 2128 1555 2229 1656
Data Sheet T 9929 EN 2004-02 135
Table 4b ⋅ Torques in Nm for single-acting Type SRP Actuators at 4.2 to 8 bar supply pressureRecommended actuator setups highlighted in gray
TypeSRP
No. ofsprings
Air torques in Nm at 4.2 to 9 bar Spring torques
4.2 bar 4.5 bar 5 bar 5.5 bar 6 bar 8 bar Start90°
Stop0°0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90°
15
4 8.6 6.2 9.6 7.2 11.2 8.8 12.9 10.5 14.6 12.1 − 7.8 5.4
4/5 7.9 5.2 8.9 6.2 10.6 7.8 12.2 9.5 13.9 11.2 20.5 17.8 8.8 6.1
5 8.2 5.2 9.9 6.9 11.5 8.5 13.2 10.2 19.8 16.8 9.7 6.7
5/6−
9.2 5.9 10.9 7.6 12.5 9.2 19.2 15.9 10.7 7.4
6 10.2 6.6 11.9 8.2 18.5 14.9 11.7 8.1
30
4 15.7 11.1 17.5 12.9 20.4 15.8 23.4 18.7 26.3 21.7 − 13.5 8.9
4/5 14.6 9.4 16.4 11.2 19.3 14.1 22.3 17.1 25.2 20 36.9 31.7 15.2 10
5 15.3 9.5 18.2 12.4 21.1 15.4 24.1 18.3 35.8 30 16.9 11.1
5/6−
17.1 10.8 20 13.7 23 16.6 34.7 28.3 18.6 12.2
6 18.9 12 21.9 14.9 33.6 26.7 20.2 13.3
60
4 31.2 21.2 34.7 24.7 40.5 30.5 46.3 36.3 52.1 42.1 − 27.7 17.7
4/5 29 17.7 32.5 21.2 38.3 27 44.1 32.8 49.9 38.6 73.2 61.9 31.2 19.9
5 30.2 17.7 36.1 23.6 41.9 29.4 47.7 35.2 71 58.5 34.6 22.1
5/6−
33.8 20.1 39.7 25.9 45.5 31.7 68.7 55 38.1 24.3
6 37.5 22.4 43.3 28.3 66.5 51.5 41.5 26.5
100
4 47.5 30.7 53 36.2 62.2 45.3 71.3 54.5 80.5 63.6 − 46.2 29.3
4/5 43.9 24.9 49.4 30.4 58.5 39.5 67.7 48.7 76.8 57.8 113.4 94.5 52 33
5 45.7 24.6 54.8 33.5 64 42.9 73.1 52.1 109.8 88.7 57.8 36.7
5/6−
51.2 28 60.3 37.1 69.5 46.3 106.1 82.9 63.5 40.3
6 56.7 31.4 65.8 40.5 102.4 77.1 69.3 44
150
4 71.7 48.7 79.1 56.6 92.4 69.9 105.7 83.2 119 96.5 − 63 40.5
4/5 66.1 40.8 74 48.8 87.3 62.1 100.6 75.3 113.9 88.6 167.1 141.8 70.9 45.6
5 69 40.9 82.3 54.2 95.6 67.5 108.9 80.8 162 133.9 78.8 50.7
5/6−
77.2 46.3 90.5 59.6 103.8 72.9 157 126.1 86.7 55.7
6 85.4 51.7 98.7 65 151.9 118.2 94.5 60.8
220
4 115 75.7 128 88.6 149 110.1 171 131.6 192 153.1 − 105 65.6
4/5 107 62.6 120 75.5 141 97 163 118.5 184 140 270.1 225.9 118 73.8
5 111 62.4 133 83.9 154 105.4 176 126.9 261.9 212.8 131 82
5/6−
125 70.8 146 92.3 168 113.8 253.7 199.7 144 90.2
6 138 79.2 159 100.7 245.5 186.6 157 98.4
300
4 149 101 165 117 193 145 221 173 248 201 − 132 84
4/5 138 84 155 101 182 129 210 156 238 184 349 295 148 95
5 144 84 172 112 200 140 227 168 338 278 165 105
5/6−
161 96 189 123 217 151 328 262 181 116
6 179 107 206 135 317 245 198 126
136 Data Sheet T 9929 EN 2004-02
TypeSRP
No. ofsprings
Air torques in Nm at 4.2 to 9 bar Spring torques
4.2 bar 4.5 bar 5 bar 5.5 bar 6 bar 8 bar Start90°
Stop0°0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90°
450
4 233 159 260 185 303 229 347 272 390 316 − 206 132
4/5 217 133 243 159 287 203 330 246 374 290 547 464 232 148
5 227 134 270 177 314 221 357 264 531 438 258 165
5/6−
254 151 297 195 341 238 515 412 283 181
6 281 169 324 213 498 386 309 198
600
4 297 211 331 245 288 302 444 358 501 415 − 266 180
4/5 275 178 309 212 365 268 422 325 479 382 706 609 299 202
5 286 178 343 235 400 292 456 349 683 575 332 224
5/6−
320 202 377 259 434 315 661 542 365 247
6 355 225 411 282 638 509 399 269
900
4 390 264 436 310 513 387 589 464 666 540 − 379 253
4/5 359 217 405 263 481 340 558 416 634 493 941 799 426 285
5 373 216 450 292 526 369 603 445 909 752 474 316
5/6−
418 245 495 321 571 398 877 704 521 348
6 463 274 540 351 846 657 568 379
1200
4 553 390 617 453 723 560 830 666 936 772 − 504 340
4/5 511 327 575 390 681 497 787 603 894 709 1319 1135 567 383
5 532 327 638 434 745 540 851 646 1277 1072 630 425
5/6−
596 371 702 477 809 583 1234 1009 693 468
6 660 414 766 520 1192 946 756 510
2000
4 924 667 1032 774 1210 953 1389 1132 1568 1310 − 834 577
4/5 852 563 959 670 1138 849 1317 1028 1495 1206 2210 1921 938 649
5 887 566 1066 745 1245 923 1423 1102 2138 1817 1042 721
5/6−
994 640 1173 819 1351 998 2066 1713 1146 793
6 1101 715 1279 894 1994 1608 1251 865
3000
4 1306 897 1461 1053 1721 1312 1980 1571 2239 1831 − 1281 873
4/5 1197 737 1352 893 1612 1152 1871 1411 2130 1671 3168 2708 1442 982
5 1243 732 1503 992 1762 1251 2021 1510 3059 2548 1602 1091
5/6−
1393 832 1653 1091 1912 1350 2950 2388 1762 1200
6 1544 931 1803 1190 2840 2228 1922 1309
5000
4 2312 1803 2582 2073 3033 2524 3483 2974 3934 3424
−
1981 1472
4/5 2128 1555 2398 1825 2849 2276 3299 2726 3750 3177 2229 1656
5 2215 1578 2665 2028 3115 2479 3566 2929 2476 1839
5/6−
2481 1781 2931 2231 3382 2682 2724 2023
6 2748 1983 3198 2734 2971 2207
Data Sheet T 9929 EN 2004-02 137
Table 5 ⋅ Dimensions in mm and weights for Pfeiffer Type BR 31a Rotary Actuators
Type 15 30 60 100 150 220 300 450 600 900 1200 2000 3000 5000
ISO flange F04 F05 F05 F07 F07 F10 F10 F12 F12 F14 F14 F16 F16 F25
Square end 11 14 14 17 17 22 22 27 27 36 36 46 46 55
T-ISO 228 18” 1
8” 18” 1
8” 14” 1
4” 14” 1
4” 14” 1
4” 14” 3
8” 12” 1
2”
A 140.5 158.5 210.5 247.5 268.5 315 345 408.5 437.5 487 543 621 684 876
B 69 85 102 115 127 145 157 177 196 220.5 245 298.5 330 410
C 59 72 84.5 97.5 111 127 136 156.5 169 190.7 213 251 298.5 383
D M 5x8 M 5x8 M 5x8 M 5x8 M 5x8 M 5x8 M 5x8 M 5x8 M 5x8 M 5x8 M 5x8 M 6x10 M 6x10 M 6x10
E 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
F 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 130 130 130 130 130
G 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
H 20 20 20 20 20 30 30 30 30 50 50 50 50 50
I 30 35 35 55 55 70 70 85 85 100 100 130 130 200
Lmin 12 16 16 19 19 24 24 29 29 38 38 48 48 58
M 29 36 42.5 49.5 56 64 69.5 80 88 99 110 131 163.5 204
N 41.5 47 52 56.8 67 77 82 91.5 99 105 112 131 166 214
O 11 11 19 19 19 27 27 27 27 42 42 42 42 42
P 26.5 30 30.5 32.5 37.5 42.5 45 47 52 58 62 78.5 165 185
Q 42 50 50 70 70 102 102 125 125 140 140 165 165 254
R 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 45 45 45
S 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 40 40 40
W M 5 M 6 M 6 M 8 M 8 M 10 M 10 M 12 M 12 M 16 M 16 M 20 M 20 8xM 16
∅ d f8 30 35 35 55 55 70 70 85 85 100 100 130 130 200
hmax 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5
h1 0.5 0.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5
∅ Z 40 40 40 40 40 56/65 56/65 65 65 80/115 80/115 115 115 115
Weight, kg 1.5 2 3.5 4.5 6.5 10 13 18.5 24 32 46 65 103 169
Detail XVDI/VDE 3845
BottomEN 12116
A NM
HP
G
ØZ4
X
F
O
BB
I
C
C
4L
DAP/SRP3000
M5xE
M6x12
ØD
R
S
Ød f8
hh1
45˚
45˚
Squa
re en
d
NM
Q W
Connection 2
Connection 4
T connection
Fig. 5 ⋅ Dimensions and interfaces for attachment to valve and accessories
138 Data Sheet T 9929 EN 2004-02
ApplicationSingle-acting pneumatic rotary diaphragm actuator for butterflyvalves and other final control elements with rotary closure mem-bers. Suitable for throttling and on/off service.Maximum opening angle ϕ = 90°
The Type 3278 Pneumatic Rotary Actuator is equipped with arolling diaphragm and internal springs• Operating direction (spring opens/spring closes) can be
customized• Various bench ranges• Externally adjustable stop screws to limit the opening angle• Attachment of positioner, limit switch, solenoid valve, and
other devices conforming to VDI/VDE 3845• No special tools needed for mounting and conversion• Designed for supply pressures up to max. 6 bar • Continuous operation at temperatures from −35 to +90 °C• Connections according to DIN ISO 5211• Actuator shaft available in three different diameters depend-
ing on the actuator size
VersionsPneumatic rotary actuator (Fig. 1) with an effective dia-phragm area of 160 or 320 cm2.– Type 3278 ⋅ Without handwheel– Type 3278 ⋅ With handwheel
Further versions with– Type 3766 Pneumatic Positioner (see Data Sheet T 8355 EN)
or – Type 3767 Electropneumatic (i/p) Positioner (see Data Sheet
T 8355 EN)– Type 3776 Limit Switch (see Data Sheet T 8368 EN)– Type 3963 Solenoid Valve (see Data Sheet T 963 EN)– Type 3780 Electropneumatic Positioner (see Data Sheet
T 8380 EN)– Type 3761 Electropneumatic Positioner (see Data Sheet
T 8386 EN)
Fig. 1 ⋅ Type 3278 Pneumatic Rotary Actuator
Pneumatic Rotary Actuator Type 3278
Data Sheet T 8321 EN 2003-11 139
Principle of operation (Fig. 2)The signal pressure pst generates a force at the diaphragmsurface which is balanced by the compression springs (4). Inthis process, the linear motion of the actuator stem (5), whichis proportional to the signal pressure, is transmitted to the leversystem (6), where it is converted into a rotary motion. The upperand lower limits of the opening angle can be adjusted using thetwo externally accessible stop screws (8).The bench range and useable actuator torque are determinedby the number of springs and their compression.The final control element can be connected to either flange 1 or2. For both connections, the flange dimensions and sleeveshaft (7) with four feather key notches are designed accordingto DIN ISO 5211.In case the signal pressure fails, the connected valve moves tothe predetermined fail-safe position, in which the actuatorsprings (4) either close (fail-close) or open (fail-open) the finalcontrol element depending on the respective fail-safe action andwhether the final control element is attached to flange 1 or 2.
Fail-safe position Control valve CLOSED when the supply air failsThe springs close the connected final control element wheneverthe pressure acting on the diaphragm decreases or the supplyair fails. Control valve OPEN when the supply air failsThe springs open the final control element whenever the press-ure acting on the diaphragm decreases or the supply air fails.
Torque characteristic curve (Fig. 3)The characteristic of torque is determined by the lever design.Fig. 3 illustrates a typical example of the useable air torques MdLand useable spring torques MdF plotted versus the openingangle ϕ.
Table 1 ⋅ Technical data
Perm. supply pressure 6 bar
Diaphragm area 160 cm2 ⋅ 320 cm2
Angle of rotation 90°
Number of springs 3
Bench ranges 7 (through different spring combinations)
Perm. temperatures −35 to 90 °C in continuous operation
Table 2 ⋅ Materials
Housing EN-JS1049, powder-varnish coated
Rolling diaphragmNBR (nitrile rubber) with fabric insert (polyester)
Diaphragm plate Sheet steel, zinc coated/chromized
Springs 55 Si Cr 6
Actuator stem St 37, zinc coated/chromized
Actuator shaft En-JS1049, zinc coated/chromized
1 Cover plate 7 Actuator shaft2 Diaphragm 8 Stop screws 3 Housing 9 Handwheel4 Springs 10 Vent plug5 Actuator stem 11 Supply pressure connection6 Lever system
Fig. 2 ⋅ Type 3278 Rotary Actuator with handwheel
50
0 90
M
M
dF
dL
15/20 70/75
[Nm]M
[°]
ϕ
Fig. 3 ⋅ Example illustrating the torque characteristic
1
Flansch 2
Flange 1
Flange 2
140 Data Sheet T 8321 EN 2003-11
Table 3a ⋅ Usable air torques ⋅ Diaphragm area 160 cm2, all pressures in bar (gauge)
Bench range Opening angleUsable air torques M in Nm at maximum supply pressure pst
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
0.4...0.81)
0° 26 38 50 62 74 86 97 109 121 13370°/75° 22 38 54 69 85 101 116 132 148 163
90° 16 29 41 54 67 79 92 104 117 129Mmax 40 58 76 95 113 133 150 169 187 206
0.5...1.0
0° 23 35 47 59 71 83 95 107 119 13170°/75° 17 33 49 64 80 96 111 127 143 158
90° 12 24 37 50 62 75 87 100 112 125Mmax 34 52 70 89 107 126 144 163 181 200
0.8...1.6
0° 16 28 40 52 64 76 88 100 111 12370°/75° – 15 30 46 62 77 93 109 124 140
90° – 9 21 34 46 59 71 84 97 109Mmax – 33 50 68 86 105 123 142 160 179
0.9...1.81)
0° 14 26 37 49 61 73 85 97 109 12170°/75° – – 24 40 55 71 87 102 118 134
90° – – 16 28 41 53 66 78 91 104Mmax – – 44 62 80 99 117 136 154 173
1.2...2.4
0° 6 18 30 42 54 66 78 90 102 11470°/75° – – – 21 37 53 68 84 100 115
90° – – – 12 25 37 50 63 75 88Mmax – – – 50 68 83 101 119 137 157
1.3...2.61)
0° 4 16 27 40 51 63 75 87 99 11170°/75° – – – 16 32 47 63 79 95 110
90° – – – 8 21 33 46 58 71 83Mmax – – – 45 62 79 97 115 134 153
1.7...3.4
0° – 6 18 30 42 54 65 77 89 10170°/75° – – – – – 23 38 54 70 86
90° – – – – – 12 24 37 49 62Mmax – – – – – 62 79 95 113 131
Table 3b ⋅ Usable air torques ⋅ Diaphragm area 320 cm2, all pressures in bar (gauge)
Bench range Opening angleUsable air torques M in Nm at maximum supply pressure pst
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
0.4...0.81)
0° 88 128 168 208 248 288 328 368 408 44870°/75° 78 131 183 235 288 340 392 445 497 549
90° 57 99 140 182 223 266 307 349 390 432Mmax 130 190 258 325 393 460 528 595 663 730
0.5...1.0
0° 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400 44070°/75° 57 110 162 214 267 319 371 424 476 528
90° 38 80 122 163 205 247 289 331 372 414Mmax 110 170 238 305 373 440 508 575 643 710
0.8...1.6
0° 56 96 136 176 216 256 296 336 376 41670°/75° – 55 107 160 212 264 317 369 421 474
90° – 34 75 117 159 200 242 284 326 367Mmax – 110 178 245 313 380 448 515 583 650
0.9...1.81)
0° 48 88 128 168 208 248 288 328 368 40870°/75° – – 83 136 188 240 293 345 397 449
90° – – 54 96 137 179 221 263 305 346Mmax – – 158 225 293 360 428 495 563 630
1.2...2.4
0° 24 64 104 144 184 224 264 304 344 38470°/75° – – – 81 134 186 238 291 343 395
90° – – – 49 91 133 174 216 258 300Mmax – – – 190 253 315 378 440 508 573
1.3...2.61)
0° 16 56 96 136 176 216 256 296 336 37670°/75° – – – 60 112 165 217 269 322 374
90° – – – 31 73 114 156 198 240 281Mmax – – – 175 238 300 363 425 493 560
1.7...3.41)
0° – 24 64 104 144 184 224 264 304 34470°/75° – – – – – 86 138 191 243 295
90° – – – – – 47 88 130 172 213Mmax – – – – – 235 298 360 420 480
1) Special range
Data Sheet T 8321 EN 2003-11 141
Ordering textType 3278 Pneumatic Rotary ActuatorHandwheel Without/withDiaphragm area 160/320 cm2
Fail-safe action Actuator stem extends or retracts
Bench range ... barAdjusted to ... barShaft diameter ... mmAccessories Positioner and/or
limit switch and/or solenoid valve
Optionally, special version
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Table 4 ⋅ Usable spring torquesAll pressures in bar (gauge)
Bench range Openingangle
Usable spring torques M in Nm atdiaphragm area cm2
160 cm2 320 cm2
0.4...0.81)
0° 10 32
15°/20° 15 49
90° 21 67
Mmax 24 85
0.5...1.0
0° 12 40
15°/20° 19 61
90° 23 85
Mmax 28 115
0.8...1.6
0° 20 64
15°/20° 30 97
90° 42 132
Mmax 50 175
0.9...1.81)
0° 22 72
15°/20° 34 109
90° 47 153
Mmax 55 200
1.2...2.4
0° 30 96
15°/20° 45 145
90° 63 200
Mmax 77 265
1.3...2.61)
0° 32 104
15°/20° 48 157
90° 67 218
Mmax 82 285
1.7...3.4
0° 42 136
15°/20° 63 206
90° 89 286
Mmax 107 375
1) Special range
G /
Flange 1
BC
H1
H
H2
4
DØ
ØF
Ø E
a
b
Flange 2
14
Stop screwsto limit theopening angle
Fig. 4 ⋅ Dimensional drawing
Table 5 ⋅ Dimensions and weights
Actuatorsize
Ø D H H1 H2 C B Ø E Ø F2) Ø a b(approx.)
Connecting flangesacc. to DIN ISO 5211
Weight(approx. kg)
160 cm2 225 332 260 72 132 118 110 161)
20/25 180 120 F07 16
320 cm2 295 516 421 95 183 162 150 251)
36/40 250 150 F12 50
1) Standard version for Type 3331 Butterfly Valve2) Sleeve shaft with 4 slots rotated by 90° to accommodate the shaft of the final control element (shaft end with feather key notch according toDIN 6885)
142 Data Sheet T 8321 EN 2003-11
Pneumatic Rotary Actuator
Pfeiffer Type BR 30a
ApplicationSingle-acting pneumatic rotary diaphragm actuator for butter-fly valves and other final control elements with rotary closuremembersMaximum opening angle ϕ = 93°
The Type BR 30a Pneumatic Rotary Actuators are equipped witha rolling diaphragm and a central return spring.
Special features• Effective diaphragm areas from 600 to 1300 cm²• Torques from 15 to 5619 Nm• Signal pressure up to max. 6 bar• Various bench ranges possible through continuously adjust-
able spring compression or variation of the springs• No special tools needed to change the bench range• Direction of action (spring opens/closes) depends on attach-
ment to the valve• Externally adjustable stop screws to limit the opening angle• For continuous operation at temperatures from −35 to 90 °CAttachment of positioner, limit switch, solenoid valve, and otheraccessories possible
VersionsStandard version ⋅ Pneumatic rotary actuator for opening an-gles of ϕ = 93° ±3° with effective diaphragm areas of 60, 105,240, 470, 780 or 1300 cm2
Type BR 30a (Fig. 1) ⋅ Maximum signal pressure 3.5 bar(with spring 1) orType BR 30a (Fig. 1) ⋅ Maximum signal pressure 6 bar(with spring 2)
Further versions with– Additional manual override– Double diaphragm for very high torques
Fig. 1 ⋅ Type BR 30a Rotary Diaphragm Actuator
Fig. 2 ⋅ Type BR 30a Rotary Diaphragm Actuator withType BR 14a Butterfly Valve,positioner, and solenoid valve
Data Sheet T 9930 EN 2003-12 143
Principle of operation (Fig. 3)The signal pressure generates the force F = pst ⋅ A at diaphragmsurface A (2). This force opposes the force of the compressionspring (4) in the actuator. In this process, the linear diaphragmtravel H is transmitted to the actuator shaft (13) over the actuatorstem (3) and the levers (11 and 12), where it is converted into arotary motion. The upper and lower limits of the opening anglecan be adjusted using the two externally accessible stopscrews (14).The travel H is proportional to the signal pressure pst. The signalpressure range is determined by the spring rate and the springcompression, which can be modified within a wide range byturning the threaded rod (7). Each actuator size is by defaultequipped with two different springs. Spring 1 can be used forpressures up to 3.5 bar, spring 2 up to max. 6 bar.The valve can be attached to either end of the shaft (13). Bothconnections are designed as a square socket according toDIN/ISO 5211. The connection determines the actuator’sfail-safe action:
Fail-safe action “Spring closes”The compression spring (4) closes the valve when the dia-phragm is relieved of pressure or when the supply air fails. Thevalve is opened against the force of the spring when the signalpressure increases.
Fail-safe action "Spring opens"The compression spring (4) opens the valve when the dia-phragm is relieved of pressure or when the supply air fails. Thevalve is closed against the force of the spring when the signalpressure increases.
Torque characteristic curve (Fig. 4)The characteristic of torque is determined by the lever design.Fig. 4 illustrates a typical example. The diagram plots the airtorque MdL and the spring torque MdF versus the actuator’sopening angle ϕ for a certain actuator size. The air torque re-sults from increasing the signal pressure pst against the springforce; the spring torque results from pst = 0, when the spring isrelieved from its rest position.
Torque (Nm)
Opening angle (˚)
MdL
MdF
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
00 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Fig. 4 ⋅ Example illustrating the torque characteristicActuator size 3 with spring 1 at 2.5 bar supply pressure
Legend to Fig. 3
1 Signal pressure connection2 Rolling diaphragm3 Actuator stem4 Compression spring5 Cover6 Actuator housing7 Threaded rod8 Spring plate9 Friction bushing
10 Crankcase11 Lever12 Lever13 Actuator shaft14 Stop screws15 Bearing bushings16 O-ring
52
6
4
3
89
7
11
12
10
16
15
13
14
Fig. 3 ⋅ Pfeiffer Type BR 30a Rotary Actuator
144 Data Sheet T 9930 EN 2003-12
Table 1 ⋅ Technical data for Type BR 30a Rotary Diaphragm Actuator
BR 30a Size 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Effective diaphragm area cm2 60 105 125 240 470 780 1300
Travel mm 55 60 90 120
Opening angle ϕ 90°
Permissible temperature °C −35 to 90 °C
Table 2 ⋅ Materials
Housing and cover EN-JS1049 (GGG 40.3)
Rolling diaphragm NBR (nitrile rubber) with fabric insert
Actuator stem Stainless steel 1.4104
Actuator shaft 1.0570
Friction bearing PTFE
O-ring Viton
Paint PVC, black (RAL 9005)
Table 3 ⋅ Torques Md in Nm for Type BR 30a Actuator
Actuator sizeSupply pressure 2.5 bar 3 bar 3.5 bar 4 bar 4.5 bar 5 bar 5.5 bar 6 bar
Spring 1/2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
0
Md airMin. 16 21 27 24 29 34 42 52
Max. 40 46 53 65 72 77 86 97
Md springMin. 15 21 25 24 29 34 36 36
Max. 34 39 43 56 60 65 67 67
1
Md airMin. 40 57 76 56 67 83 101 120
Max. 95 120 147 160 176 198 225 252
Md springMin. 40 42 42 56 67 72 72 72
Max. 60 61 61 105 114 117 117 117
2
Md airMin. 59 77 95 84 102 121 139 170
Max. 155 179 204 259 282 307 331 373
Md springMin. 59 77 95 83 102 121 139 139
Max. 111 125 139 188 204 218 233 233
3
Md airMin. 129 173 233 160 197 234 269 306
Max. 291 353 437 510 557 605 652 703
Md springMin. 128 149 149 160 197 233 269 302
Max. 201 219 219 373 402 431 460 487
4
Md airMin. 249 319 389 380 451 521 592 705
Max. 595 694 792 972 1068 1167 1265 1426
Md springMin. 249 319 389 279 451 521 592 600
Max. 417 473 529 689 747 803 858 865
5
Md airMin. 570 734 894 798 966 1131 1294 1458
Max. 1398 1629 1862 2352 2578 2807 3037 3268
Md springMin. 570 733 894 798 966 1130 1294 1457
Max. 892 1013 1132 1546 1671 1794 1915 2037
6
Md airMin. 926 1235 1536 1601 1904 2205 2502 3011
Max. 2464 2834 3211 3825 4199 4577 4957 5619
Md springMin. 926 1235 1535 1600 1903 2204 2502 2518
Max. 2147 2427 2700 3294 3570 3842 4112 4127
Data Sheet T 9930 EN 2003-12 145
Ordering textPneumatic actuator Type BR 30aSize 0 to 6 (see Table 3) orDiaphragm area … cm2
Max. signal pressure .... bar
Accessories Positioner, limit switch,and/or solenoid valve
Optionally, special version
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Table 4 ⋅ Dimensions in mm and weights
BR 30a Size 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Diaphragm area cm2 60 105 125 240 470 780 130
∅ A 134 175 189 240 320 410 510
∅ B 90 114 120 150 187 244 250
C 364 453 550 570 713 989 1128
M 60 76 95 95 99 145 145
L 94 94 126 126 126 152 190
L1 100 100 132 132 132 160 200
L2 75 75 100 100 115 130 165
L3 40 40 56 56 56 80 90
a R ”14 R ”1
4 R ”14 R ”1
4 R ”38 R ”1
2 R ”12
Connection according toDIN/ISO 3337 F04 F05 F07 F10 F12 F14 F16
SW (width across flats) 11 14 17 22 27 36 46
F 80 80 80 130 130 130 80
G 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
H 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
VDI/VDE 2 2 2 3 3 3 2
Weight kg 10 16 22 30 62 120 190
a
ØB
L2L3
G
SW
LL1
H
4
C
F
M4
ØA
4
4
The VDI/VDE connection foraccessories is used dependingon the actuator's direction ofaction.
Fig. 5 ⋅ Dimensional drawing, Type BR 30a Actuator
146 Data Sheet T 9930 EN 2003-12
Globe, three-way and angle control valves
Butterfly control valves
Steam converting valves
Actuators
Positioners
Limit switches, solenoid valves, converters, etc.
Temperature regulators
Pressure regulators
Differential pressure and flow regulators
Boiler regulators
Steam traps
Strainers
Air vents
Electric actuators
Control valves with jet pumps
Combined self-operated regulators with electric actuators
Electronic controllers
Sensors, converters and controllers
Control valvesfor industrial processes
Self-operated regulatorsand accessories for piping systems
Control valves for heating,ventilation and air-conditioning systems
Controllers and sensors for heating,ventilation and air-conditioning systems
Pneumatic and electric measuringand control equipment for process automation
Series 430 · Pneumatic indicating controllers
Series 420 · Pneumatic control system
Media · Liquid level, differential pressure and flow meters
Sensors and converters
TROVIS 6400 · Automation system
SAMSOMATIC Product Range Logic elements and accessories for pneumatic controls
Design and supply of factory-assembled automation packages
Automation systems TROVIS NT · Process Control Systems on Windows NT
TROVIS MODULON · Distributed Modulesvia Ethernet and LON
TROVIS 6500 · Automation System in19-inch Rack Mounting Design
Appendix
SAMSON Product Range
Control valves
147
SAMSON right on quality course
��������
quality of products and services.
approved by BVQi, guarantees a high
Our quality assurance system,
149
SAMSON Subsidiaries, Agencies and Service Facilities Worldwide
Argentina VALTROL-SAMSON S.A.California 2082 · Of. 307 – Central ParkC1289AAP Buenos AiresPhone: +54 11 4360-0421 · Fax: +54 11 4360-0421E-mail: [email protected]: www.valtrolsamson.com.ar
Australia SAMSON CONTROLS PTY LTD.Units 13A, 14A and 15A · Port Botany Industrial Park61-71 Beauchamp Road · Matraville, NSW 2036Phone: +61 2 93167800 · Fax: +61 2 96665963E-mail: [email protected]
Austria SAMSON MESS- UND REGELGERÄTEGESELLSCHAFT M.B.H.Amalienstraße 57 · Postfach 33 · 1131 Wien 13Phone: +43 1 8772674-0 · Fax: +43 1 8772674-96E-mail: [email protected]
Bangladesh COSMOS MARKETING, CONSULTANTS (PVT) LTD.Cosmos Centre · 69/1, New Circular Road, MalibaghP.O. Box G 3066 · Dhaka 1217Phone: +880 2 405152, +880 2 411564,
+880 2 8312024Fax: +880 2 8314602, +880 2 9345540E-mail: [email protected]: www.cosmosgroup.net
Belgium S.A. SAMSON N.V.282/284, Rue St. Denis/St. Denijsstraat1190 Bruxelles/BrusselPhone: +32 2 3474849 · Fax: +32 2 3430033E-mail: [email protected]
Brazil SAMSON CONTROL LTDA.Av. Santos Dumont, 8011 · Portão42700-000 Lauro de Freitas / BAPhone: +55 71 3799020 · Fax: +55 71 3693660E-mail: [email protected]: www.samsoncontrol.com.br
Bulgaria BJB LTD.63 “Vitosha” Blvd., Ap. 18 · 1000 SofiaPhone: +359 2 9867289 · Fax: +359 2 9867467E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.bjbgroup.com
Canada SAMSON CONTROLS INC.1-105 Riviera Drive · Markham, Ontario L3R 5J7Phone: +1 905 4740354 · Fax: +1 905 4740998E-mail: [email protected]: www.samsoncontrols.com
Chile SAMSON CONTROLS S.A.Lo Echevers 891, Modulo 5-A · Quilicura, SantiagoPhone: +56 2 4441339 · Fax: +56 2 4441087E-mail: [email protected]
Colombia STEAMCONTROL S.A.Carrera 27, No. 17-80, PaloquemaoSantafé de Bogotá, D.C.Phone: +57 1 3602250, +57 1 3602268,
+57 1 2474429Fax: +57 1 3710452, +57 1 3687943E-mail: [email protected]: www.steamcontrol.com
Croatia FASEK ENGINEERING AND TRADING D.O.O.Zvonigradska 43 · 10000 ZagrebPhone: +385 1 3695-525, +385 1 3695-546Fax: +385 1 3695-525, +385 1 3695-546E-mail: [email protected]
CzechRepublic
DLOUHÝ I.T.A.Jinonická 805/57 · 150 00 Praha 5Phone: +420 2 57210438 · Fax: +420 2 57210439E-mail: [email protected]: www.dlouhy-ita.cz
Denmark SAMSON REGULERINGSTEKNIK A/SBlokken 55 · 3460 BirkerødPhone: +45 45819301 · Fax: +45 45819530E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson-reg.dk
Ecuador ACIST INTERNACIONAL CIA. LTDA.Calle Paris N41-164, e Isla Pinzon (sector Jipijapa) · QuitoPhone: +593 2 2920779 · Fax: +593 2 2920779E-mail: [email protected]
Egypt EGYPTIAN CONTROL CENTER5, Soliman El Halaby Street · P.O. Box 13 41 · CairoPhone: +20 2 5749429, +20 2 2553334Fax: +20 2 5752304, +20 2 2553335E-mail: [email protected]
Middle East
SAMSON CONTROLS S.A.E.27A El Hegaz Street, Heliopolis · Cairo 11341Phone: +20 2 2560017 · Fax: +20 2 4539165E-mail: [email protected]
Finland OY SAMSON AB SÄÄTÖTEKNIIKKAALouhelantie 10 · 01600 VantaaP.O. Box 70 · 01601 Vantaa 60Phone: +358 9 537155 · Fax: +358 9 535556E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.fi
France SAMSON REGULATION S.A.1, rue Jean Corona – BP 140 · 69512 Vaulx en Velin CédexPhone: +33 4 72047500 · Fax: +33 4 72047575E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.fr
Germany SAMSON AG · MESS- UND REGELTECHNIKWeismüllerstraße 3 · 60314 Frankfurt am MainPostfach 10 19 01 · 60019 Frankfurt am MainPhone: +49 69 4009-0 · Fax: +49 69 4009-1507E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.de
SAMSOMATIC AUTOMATIONSSYSTEME GMBHWeismüllerstraße 20-22 · 60314 Frankfurt am MainPostfach 10 19 01 · 60019 Frankfurt am MainPhone: +49 69 4009-0 · Fax: +49 69 4009-1644E-mail: [email protected]: www.samsomatic.de
Great Britain SAMSON CONTROLS (LONDON) LTD.Perrywood Business Park, Honeycrock LaneRedhill, Surrey RH1 5JQPhone: +44 1737 766391 · Fax: +44 1737 765472E-mail: [email protected]: www.samsoncontrols.co.uk
Industrial customers only:
Scotland
CONTROL VALVE SYSTEMSLower Coilentowie · Callander, Perthshire FK17 8LWPhone: +44 1786 841228 · Fax: +44 1786 841944E-mail: [email protected]: www.control-valve-systems.co.uk
150
SAMSON Subsidiaries, Agencies and Service Facilities Worldwide
Greece EXAKM ABETEANONYMOUSINDUSTRIALCOMMERCIAL&TECHNICALCO.Kallirrois Ave. 39 · 11743 AthenPhone: +30 21 09215332, +30 21 09218441Fax: +30 21 09218761E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.exakm.gr
Hungary SAMSON MÉRÉS-ÉS SZABÁLYOZÁSTECHNIKAI KFT.Fogarasi út 10-14. · 1148 BudapestPhone: +36 1 4672889 · Fax: +36 1 3838542E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.hu
India SAMSON CONTROLS PVT. LTD.B-43 Wagle Industrial Estate, Road No. 27Thane 400 604Phone: +91 22 25823455, +91 22 25821860,
+91 22 25827404Fax: +91 22 25824751E-mail: [email protected]
Indonesia SAMSON REPRESENTATIVE OFFICE IN INDONESIAPhone: +62 21 5375825, +62 81 7776098Fax: +62 21 5375516E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson-sea.com
Iran TECH. CONTROL · INDUSTRIAL CONSULTANTS CO.Unit 607, 6th floor, Sarve Saee Tower, Mostofi StreetYoussefabad 1433894593 (Tehran)P.O. Box 14155/5516 · Youssefabad (Tehran)Phone: +98 21 8701112 · Fax: +98 21 8724924E-mail: [email protected]
Ireland VALVE SERVICES LTD.Euro Business Park, Little Island · Co. CorkPhone: +353 21 4510588 · Fax: +353 21 4351100E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.valve.ie
Israel KAMA LTD.20 Hametsuda St. · P.O. Box 1 10 · 58190 AzorPhone: +972 3 556-7747 · Fax: +972 3 556-7548E-mail: [email protected]
Italy SAMSON S.R.L.Via Figino 109 · 20016 Pero (Milano)Phone: +39 02 33911159 · Fax: +39 02 38103085E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.it
Japan SAMSON K.K.6-31-15 Kamiasao, Asao-Ku, KawasakshiKawasaki 215-0021Phone: +81 44 988-3931 · Fax: +81 44 988-3861E-mail: [email protected]
Korea(South)
SAMSON CONTROLS LTD., CO.Sun Young Bldg. B 1011362-16, Seocho-Dong, Seocho-GuSeocho P.O. Box 436 · SeoulPhone: +82 2 5694505 · Fax: +82 2 5553665E-mail: [email protected]
Kuwait RAMI TRADING CORP.P.O. Box 18 22 · Safat 13019Phone: +965 2400566, +965 2400577Fax: +965 2400588E-mail: [email protected]
Latvia DEUTSCH BALTISCHES HANDELSHAUSMaskavas Str. 449 · 1063 RigaPhone: +371 7134084, +371 7134085Fax: +371 7134084E-mail: [email protected]
Luxemburg S.A. SAMSONRoute d´Esch 50 · 1470 LuxembourgPhone: +352 489944 · Fax: +352 480193
Malaysia SAMSOMATIC (M) SDN BHDNo. 11-1-11, Jalan 3/109F · Danau Desa Business Centre58100 Kuala LumpurPhone: +60 3 79838689 · Fax: +60 3 79838123E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson-sea.com
SAMSOMATIC (M) SDN BHDKuantan Service CenterA-11 Jalan Gebeng 2/6, Gebeng Industrial Estate26080 Kuantan, Pahang Darul MakmurPhone: +60 9 5837541 · Fax: +60 9 5837542E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson-sea.com
Mexico SAMSON CONTROL S.A. DE C.V.Calle Gobernador de Jalisco No. 23Col. Lomas del Mirador · Cuernavaca, Morelos, CP 62350Phone: +52 777 3227385, +52 777 3227258Fax: +52 777 3160595E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson.com.mx
Netherlands SAMSON REGELTECHNIEK B.V.Signaalrood 10 · 2718 SH ZoetermeerPostbus 2 90 · 2700 AG ZoetermeerPhone: +31 79 3610501 · Fax: +31 79 3615930E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson-regeltechniek.nl
Norway MATEK – SAMSON REGULERING A/SPorsgrunnsvn. 4 · 3730 SkienPhone: +47 35900870 · Fax: +47 35900880E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.matek.no
Oman MIDDLE EAST OILFIELD SERVICES L.L.C.P.O. Box 35 00 · 112 Ruwi (Muscat)Phone: +968 687152, +968 687153Fax: +968 683832E-mail: [email protected]
People’sRepublic ofChina
SAMSON CONTROLS (CHINA) CO., LTD.No. 11, Yong Chang Nan Lu, BDABeijing 100176Phone: +86 10 67803011Fax: +86 10 67803196E-mail: [email protected]: www.samsonchina.com
SAMSON CONTROLS (CHINA) CO., LTD.Shanghai BranchYi Xiang Commercial Building, Room 1009-10101599 Yan An Road (west) · Shanghai 200050Phone: +86 21 62108299, +86 21 62111546Fax: +86 21 62126112E-mail: [email protected]: www.samsonchina.com
Peru BUSHOP S.A.Calle La Carolina (oeste) Nr. 135, Of 102Higuereta – Surco · Lima 33Phone: +51 1 448-4598 · Fax: +51 1 449-7924E-mail: [email protected]
Philippines SAMSON MARKETING OFFICE IN PHILIPPINESPhone: +63 44 7943441, +63 91 67736533E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson-sea.com
151
SAMSON Subsidiaries, Agencies and Service Facilities Worldwide
Poland SAMSON SP. Z O.O.AUTOMATYKA I TECHNIKA POMIAROWAal. Krakowska 197 · 02-180 WarszawaPhone: +48 22 5739-777 · Fax: +48 22 5739-776E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson.com.pl
Portugal SAMSON S.A. · MEDIDA E REGULAÇAOAvda. 25 de Abril, Nº 330-A, Rana2785-575 São Domingos de RanaPhone: +351 214548270 · Fax: +351 214534425E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.pt
Qatar QATAR MODERN INSTRUMENTS & CONTROLS CO.(Q.M. CONTROLS)P.O. Box 64 29 · DohaPhone: +974 4432326, +974 4372895Fax: +974 4432460E-mail: [email protected]
Republic ofSouth Africa
MONITOR INSTRUMENTS (PTY) LTD.Milnerton, 6 Engine Ave, Montague GardensP.O. Box 3 057435 Cape ProvincePhone: +27 21 5526088, +27 21 5526089,
+27 21 5526510Fax: +27 21 5512515E-mail: [email protected]
Romania ROMDATEX SRLCalea Floreasca 169 (parter) · 723211 BucurestiPhone: +40 21 2330507, +40 21 2330559Fax: +40 21 2330520E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.romdatex.ro
RussianFederation
OOO SAMSON CONTROLS“Business Center”, 4. StockMarksistskaja Str. 16 · 109147 MoskauPhone: +7 095 2326757 · Fax: +7 095 7373949E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson.ru
Saudi Arabia ANASIA TRADING CO., LTD.P.O. Box 5 09 59 · Jeddah 21533Phone: +966 2 6533661 · Fax: +966 2 6533504E-mail: [email protected]: www.anasiasaudi.com
Singapore SAMSON CONTROLS PTE LTD.27 Kaki Bukit View · Kaki Bukit Techpark IISingapore 415962Phone: +65 67488810 · Fax: +65 67451418E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson-sea.com
SAMSON AG · R.O. SINGAPORETechnical Office – Asia/Pacific27 Kaki Bukit View, 3rd Floor · Kaki Bukit Techpark IISingapore 415962Phone: +65 68468092 · Fax: +65 67485897E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson-sea.com
Slovakia DLOUHÝ I.T.A. S.R.O.Pod Hradiskom 9 · 01004 ZilinaPhone: +421 41 7234370 · Fax: +421 41 7234371E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.dlouhy-ita.sk
Slovenia GIA-S INDUSTRIJSKA OPEMA D.O.O.Industrijska cesta 5 · 1290 GrosupljePhone: +386 1 7865-300 · Fax: +386 1 7863-568E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.gia.si
Spain SAMSON S.A.TÉCNICA DE MEDICIÓN Y REGULACIÓNPol. Ind. Cova Solera · Avda. Can Sucarrats, 104Apartado 311 · 08191 Rubi (Barcelona)Phone: +34 93 5861070 · Fax: +34 93 6994300E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.es
Sweden SAMSON MÄT-OCH REGLERTEKNIK ABKungsporten 1A · 427 50 BilldalP.O. Box 67 · 427 22 BilldalPhone: +46 31 914015 · Fax: +46 31 914019E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson-regler.se
Switzerland SAMSON AG · MESS- UND REGELTECHNIKTechnisches Büro SchweizPostfach 1 87 · 4125 Riehen 1 (Basel)Phone: +49 7621 956950 · Fax: +49 7621 956956E-mail: [email protected]
Taiwan SAMSON CONTROLS CO., LTD.3F, 132, Hsin-Hu Third Road · Taipei 114Phone: +886 2 8792-1230 · Fax: +886 2 8792-1270E-mail: [email protected]
Thailand SAMSON CONTROLS LTD.267/233-4 Sukhumvit RoadMap Ta Phut, Muang · Rayong 21150Phone: +66 38 608939 · Fax: +66 38 608943E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.co.th
Turkey SAMSON ÖLÇÜ VE OTOMATIK KONTROL SISTEMLERISANAYI VE TICARET A.S
´.
Evren Mahallesi, Gülbahar Caddesi No: 12834540 Günes
´li-Istanbul
P.K. 3 89 · 80003 Karaköy-IstanbulPhone: +90 212 6518746 · Fax: +90 212 6518750E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson.com.tr
U.S.A. SAMSON CONTROLS INC.4111 Cedar Boulevard · Baytown, Texas 77520-8588Phone: +1 281 383-3677 · Fax: +1 281 383-3690E-mail: [email protected]: www.samsoncontrols.com
Ukraine SAMSON ENGINEERING GMBHM. Raskowa Str. 19 · Office 905 · 02002 KiewPhone: +380 44 5164535 · Fax: +380 44 5164535
United ArabEmirates
ALI & SONS CO.Zayed 2nd Str.P.O. Box 9 15Abu DhabiPhone: +971 2 6723900Fax: +971 2 6723901E-mail: [email protected]
Venezuela MECOIN S. A.Zona Ind. Gilberto Menchini, Calle 1Galpon B-6, San Vicente II · Maracay Edo. AraguaPhone: +58 243 5516470, +58 243 5516439Fax: +58 243 5516668, +58 244 3958660E-mail: [email protected]
Please find all addresses including e-mail and Internet addresses athttp://www.samson.de
152
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Notes
SAMSONSAMSON
SAMSON AG · MESS- UND REGELTECHNIK · Weismüllerstraße 3 · 60314 Frankfurt am Main · GermanyPhone: +49 69 4009-0 · Fax: +49 69 4009-1507 · E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: http://www.samson.de
Rotary Valvesfor Industrial Processes
2004
-03
WS
· K 1
4 EN
Rota
ry V
alve
s fo
r In
dust
rial P
roce
sses